Vol. 79 Thursday, 

No. 39 February 27, 2014 

Part III 

Environmental Protection Agency 

40 CFR Parts 51, 60, 61, et al. 

Revisions to Test Methods and Testing Regulations; Final Rule 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11228 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 

AGENCY 

40 CFR Parts 51, 60, 61, and 63 

[EPA–HQ–OAR–2010–0114; FRL–9906–23– 

OAR] 

RIN 2060–AQ01 

Revisions to Test Methods and Testing 

Regulations 

AGENCY: Environmental Protection 

Agency (EPA). 

ACTION: Final rule. 

SUMMARY: This action promulgates 

technical and editorial corrections for 

source testing of emissions and 

operations. Some current testing 

provisions contain inaccuracies and 

outdated procedures, and new 

alternatives that have been approved are 

being added. These revisions will 

improve the quality of data and will 

give testers additional flexibility to use 

the newly approved alternative 

procedures. 

DATES: This final rule is effective on 

February 27, 2014. The incorporation by 

reference materials listed in the rule are 

approved by the Director of the Federal 

Register as of February 27, 2014. 

ADDRESSES: The EPA has established a 

docket for this action under Docket ID 

No. EPA–HQ–OAR–2010–0114. All 

documents in the docket are listed in 

the http://www.regulations.gov index. 

Although listed in the index, some 

information is not publicly available, 

e.g., confidential business information 

(CBI) or other information whose 

disclosure is restricted by statute. 

Certain other material, such as 

copyrighted material, is not placed on 

the Internet and will be publicly 

available only in hard copy form. 

Publicly available docket materials are 

available either electronically at 

www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at 

the Air Docket, EPA/DC, William 

Jefferson Clinton (WJC) Building, Room 

3334, 1301 Constitution Avenue NW., 

Washington, DC. The Docket Facility 

and the Public Reading Room are open 

from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday 

through Friday, excluding legal 

holidays. The telephone number for the 

Public Reading Room is (202) 566–1744, 

and the telephone number for the Air 

Docket is (202) 566–1742. 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. 

Lula Melton, U.S. Environmental 

Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality 

Planning and Standards, Air Quality 

Assessment Division, Measurement 

Technology Group (E143–02), Research 

Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711; 

telephone number: (919) 541–2910; fax 

number: (919) 541–0516; email address: 

melton.lula@epa.gov. 

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Table of Contents 

I. General Information 

A. Does this action apply to me? 

B. Where can I obtain a copy of this action? 

C. Judicial Review 

II. Background 

III. Summary of Amendments 

A. Appendix M of Part 51 

B. Method 201A of Appendix M of Part 51 

C. Method 202 of Appendix M of Part 51 

D. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 60 

E. Industrial-Commercial-Institutional 

Steam Generating Units (Subpart Db) 

Part 60 

F. Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 

Incinerators (Subpart Ec) Part 60 

G. Sulfuric Acid Plants (Subpart H) Part 60 

H. Sewage Treatment Plants (Subpart O) 

Part 60 

I. Kraft Pulp Mills (Subpart BB) Part 60 

J. Stationary Gas Turbines (Subpart GG) 

Part 60 

K. Lead-Acid Battery Manufacturing Plants 

(Subpart KK) Part 60 

L. Metallic Mineral Processing Plants 

(Subpart LL) Part 60 

M. Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing 

Manufacture (Subpart UU) Part 60 

N. Volatile Organic Chemical (VOC) 

Emissions From Synthetic Organic 

Compound Manufacturing Industry 

(SOCMI) Distillation Operations (Subpart 

NNN) Part 60 

O. Stationary Compression Ignition 

Internal Combustion Engines (Subpart 

IIII) Part 60 

P. Stationary Spark Ignition Internal 

Combustion Engines (Subpart JJJJ) Part 

60 

Q. Method 1 of Appendix A–1 of Part 60 

R. Method 2 of Appendix A–1 of Part 60 

S. Method 2A of Appendix A–1 of Part 60 

T. Method 2B of Appendix A–1 of Part 60 

U. Method 2D of Appendix A–1 of Part 60 

V. Method 3A of Appendix A–2 of Part 60 

W. Method 3C of Appendix A–2 of Part 60 

X. Method 4 of Appendix A–3 of Part 60 

Y. Method 5 of Appendix A–3 of Part 60 

Z. Method 5A of Appendix A–3 of Part 60 

AA. Method 5E of Appendix A–3 of Part 

60 

BB. Method 5H of Appendix A–3 of Part 

60 

CC. Method 6 of Appendix A–4 of Part 60 

DD. Method 6C of Appendix A–4 of Part 

60 

EE. Method 7 of Appendix A–4 of Part 60 

FF. Method 7A of Appendix A–4 of Part 60 

GG. Method 7E of Appendix A–4 of Part 

60 

HH. Method 8 of Appendix A–4 of Part 60 

II. Method 10 of Appendix A–4 of Part 60 

JJ. Methods 10A and 10B of Appendix A– 

4 of Part 60 

KK. Method 11 of Appendix A–5 of Part 60 

LL. Method 12 of Appendix A–5 of Part 60 

MM. Method 14A of Appendix A–5 of Part 

60 

NN. Method 16A of Appendix A–6 of Part 

60 

OO. Method 16C of Appendix A–6 of Part 

60 

PP. Method 18 of Appendix A–6 of Part 60 

QQ. Method 23 of Appendix A–7 of Part 

60 

RR. Method 24 of Appendix A–7 of Part 60 

SS. Method 25 of Appendix A–7 of Part 60 

TT. Method 25C of Appendix A–7 of Part 

60 

UU. Method 25D of Appendix A–7 of Part 

60 

VV. Method 26 of Appendix A–8 of Part 60 

WW. Method 26A of Appendix A–8 of Part 

60 

XX. Method 29 of Appendix A–8 of Part 60 

YY. Method 30B of Appendix A–8 of Part 

60 

ZZ. Performance Specification 3 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

AAA. Performance Specification 4 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

BBB. Performance Specification 4B of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

CCC. Performance Specification 7 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

DDD. Performance Specification 11 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

EEE. Performance Specification 12B of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

FFF. Performance Specification 15 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

GGG. Performance Specification 16 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

HHH. Procedure 1 of Appendix F of Part 

60 

III. Procedure 2 of Appendix F of Part 60 

JJJ. Procedure 5 of Appendix F of Part 60 

KKK. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 

61 

LLL. Beryllium (Subpart C) Part 61 

MMM. Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing 

(Subpart D) Part 61 

NNN. Mercury (Subpart E) Part 61 

OOO. Inorganic Arsenic Emissions From 

Glass Manufacturing Plants (Subpart N) 

Part 61 

PPP. Method 101 of Appendix B of Part 61 

QQQ. Method 101A of Appendix B of Part 

61 

RRR. Method 102 of Appendix B of Part 61 

SSS. Method 104 of Appendix B of Part 61 

TTT. Methods 108 and 108A of Appendix 

B of Part 61 

UUU. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 

63 

VVV. Synthetic Organic Chemical 

Manufacturing Industry (Subpart G) Part 

63 

WWW. Chromium Emissions From Hard 

and Decorative Chromium Electroplating 

and Chromium Anodizing Tanks 

(Subpart N) Part 63 

XXX. Ethylene Oxide Emissions Standards 

for Sterilization Facilities (Subpart O) 

Part 63 

YYY. Marine Tank Vessel Loading 

Operations (Subpart Y) Part 63 

ZZZ. Aerospace Manufacturing and 

Rework Facilities (Subpart GG) Part 63 

AAAA. Pharmaceuticals Production 

(Subpart GGG) Part 63 

BBBB. Secondary Aluminum Production 

(Subpart RRR) Part 63 

CCCC. Manufacturing of Nutritional Yeast 

(Subpart CCCC) Part 63 

DDDD. Petroleum Refineries: Catalytic 

Cracking Units, Catalytic Reforming 

Units, and Sulfur Recovery Units 

(Subpart UUUU) Part 63 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11229 

EEEE. Stationary Reciprocating Internal 

Combustion Engines (Subpart ZZZZ) 

Part 63 

FFFF. Method 306 of Appendix A of Part 

63 

GGGG. Method 306A of Appendix A of 

Part 63 

HHHH. Methods 308, 315, and 316 of 

Appendix A of Part 63 

IIII. Method 321 of Appendix A of Part 63 

IV. Public Comments on the Proposed 

Amendments 

V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews 

A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory 

Planning and Review and Executive 

Order 13563: Improving Regulation and 

Regulatory Review 

B. Paperwork Reduction Act 

C. Regulatory Flexibility Act 

D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act 

E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism 

F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation 

and Coordination With Indian Tribal 

Governments 

G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of 

Children From Environmental Health 

Risks and Safety Risks 

H. Executive Order 13211: Actions 

Concerning Regulations That 

Significantly Affect Energy Supply, 

Distribution or Use 

I. National Technology Transfer and 

Advancement Act 

J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions 

To Address Environmental Justice in 

Minority Populations and Low-Income 

Populations 

K. Congressional Review Act 

I. General Information 

A. Does this action apply to me? 

The revisions promulgated in this 

final rule apply to testing at a number 

of source categories. If you have any 

questions regarding the applicability of 

this action to a particular entity, consult 

the person listed in the preceding FOR

FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section. 

B. Where can I obtain a copy of this 

action? 

In addition to being available in the 

docket, an electronic copy of this rule 

will also be available on the Worldwide 

Web (WWW) through the Technology 

Transfer Network (TTN). Following the 

Administrator’s signature, a copy of the 

final rule will be placed on the TTN’s 

policy and guidance page for newly 

proposed or promulgated rules at 

http://www.epa.gov/ttn/oarpg. The TTN 

provides information and technology 

exchange in various areas of air 

pollution control. 

C. Judicial Review 

Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean 

Air Act (CAA), judicial review of this 

final rule is available by filing a petition 

for review in the U.S. Court of Appeals 

for the District of Columbia Circuit by 

April 28, 2014. Under section 

307(d)(7)(B) of the CAA, only an 

objection to this final rule that was 

raised with reasonable specificity 

during the period for public comment 

can be raised during judicial review. 

Moreover, under section 307(b)(2) of the 

CAA, the requirements established by 

this action may not be challenged 

separately in any civil or criminal 

proceedings brought by EPA to enforce 

these requirements. 

II. Background 

The revisions to test methods and 

testing regulations were proposed in the 

Federal Register on January 9, 2012, 

with a public comment period that 

ended March 9, 2012. Thirty-eight 

comment letters were received from the 

public. Changes were made to this final 

rule based on the public comments. 

III. Summary of Amendments 

A. Appendix M of Part 51 

In the introduction of Appendix M of 

part 51, Methods 3A and 19 are added 

to the list of methods not requiring the 

use of audit samples. 

B. Method 201A of Appendix M of Part 

51 

Revisions are made to Method 201A 

as published on December 21, 2010. 

Typographical errors in references to 

acetone blanks, isokinetic sampling rate, 

source gas temperatures, stack blockage 

dimensions by the sampling heads, and 

particulate matter with an aerodynamic 

diameter less than or equal to 10 

micrometers (PM10) in Sections 7.2.1, 

8.3.4(b), 8.3.4.1, 8.7.2.2, and 8.7.5.5(a), 

respectively, are corrected. An 

erroneous reference to Methods 4A and 

5 in Section 10.1 when using a standard 

pitot tube is corrected to refer to 

Methods 1 and 2. Section 10.5, which 

addresses Class A volumetric glassware 

is deleted because it is not needed. For 

those filters that cannot be weighed to 

a constant weight in Section 11.2.1, 

instructions are added to flag and report 

the data as a minimum value. It is noted 

that the nozzle, front half, and in-stack 

filter samples need to be speciated into 

organic and inorganic fractions similar 

to the practice in Method 17. The 

method now notes that neither Method 

17 nor 201A require a separate analysis 

of the filter for inorganic and organic 

particulate matter. Clarity is added for 

using Method 17 for quantifying 

condensable particulate matter. An 

incorrect term in Equation 9 of Section 

12.5 is corrected. In the nomenclature in 

Section 12.1, Vb, the volume of aliquot 

taken for ion chromatography (IC) 

analysis, is deleted. 

C. Method 202 of Appendix M of Part 

51 

Revisions are made to Method 202 as 

published on December 21, 2010. In 

Sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2, an error in the 

units of the acetone blank is corrected. 

In Section 8.5.3.1, the text erroneously 

referring to empty impingers is deleted. 

Section 11.2.1 is clarified concerning 

the use of Method 17 for quantifying 

condensable particulate matter. Figures 

2 and 3 are revised to correctly show the 

first impinger with an extended stem 

instead of a shortened one to be 

consistent with the method text, and the 

condensed moisture and sample portion 

of the sampling train are labeled to 

make it easy to identify. Figures 4, 5, 

and 6 are republished because of the 

poor print quality in the December 21, 

2010, publication. 

D. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 

60 

In the General Provisions of part 60, 

Section 60.13(d)(1) is revised to remove 

the phrase ‘‘automatically, intrinsic to 

the opacity monitor.’’ Methods 3A and 

19 are added to the list of methods not 

requiring the use of audit samples in 

Section 60.8(g). A new Section 60.8(i) is 

added to allow the use of Method 205 

of 40 CFR part 51, Appendix M, 

‘‘Verification of Gas Dilution Systems 

for Field Instrument Calibrations,’’ as an 

alternative provision whenever multiple 

calibration gases are required under part 

60. The agency notes, however, that the 

use of calibration gas dilution devices 

continues to be disallowed for part 75 

applications (see 40 CFR 75.22(a)(5)(i)). 

Section 60.17 is revised to arrange the 

consensus standards that are 

incorporated by reference in alphanumeric order. 

E. Industrial-Commercial-Institutional 

Steam Generating Units (Subpart Db) 

Part 60 

In subpart Db, Method 320 is allowed 

as an alternative for determining 

nitrogen oxides (NOX) concentration in 

Section 60.46b(f)(1)(ii), (h)(1) and (2), 

and sulfur dioxide (SO2) concentration 

in Section 60.47b(b)(2). 

F. Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste 

Incinerators (Subpart Ec) Part 60 

In subpart Ec, the definition of 

medical/infectious wastes in Section 

60.51c is revised to correct the 

misspelling of ‘‘cremation.’’ 

G. Sulfuric Acid Plants (Subpart H) Part 

60 

In subpart H, an equation for 

calculating the SO2 emission rate in 

Section 60.84(d) is corrected. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11230 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

H. Sewage Treatment Plants (Subpart O) 

Part 60 

In subpart O, a reference to Method 

209F in Section 60.154(b)(5) is revised 

to reflect a newer available version of 

the method (i.e., 2540G). 

I. Kraft Pulp Mills (Subpart BB) Part 60 

In subpart BB, a typographical error is 

corrected in the equation for correcting 

the total reduced sulfur concentration to 

10 percent oxygen. 

J. Stationary Gas Turbines (Subpart GG) 

Part 60 

In subpart GG, the definitions of terms 

for the equation in Section 60.335(b)(l) 

are revised to allow the reference 

combustor inlet absolute pressure to be 

measured in millimeters of mercury 

(mm Hg). The site barometric pressure 

is allowed as an alternative to the 

observed combustor inlet absolute 

pressure for calculating the mean NOX

emission concentration. 

K. Lead-Acid Battery Manufacturing 

Plants (Subpart KK) Part 60 

In subpart KK, Method 29 is allowed 

as an alternative to Method 12 in 

Section 60.374(b)(1) and (c)(2) for 

determining the lead concentration and 

flow rate of the effluent gas. An error in 

the equation for calculating the lead 

emission concentration in 60.374(b)(2) 

is corrected. 

L. Metallic Mineral Processing Plants 

(Subpart LL) Part 60 

In subpart LL, an error in the value of 

the particulate matter standard in 

Section 60.382(a)(1) is corrected from 

0.02 g/dscm to 0.05 g/dscm. An 

alternative procedure, wherein a single 

visible emission observer can conduct 

visible emission observations for up to 

three fugitive, stack, or vent emission 

points within a 15-second interval, is 

allowed. 

M. Asphalt Processing and Asphalt 

Roofing Manufacture (Subpart UU) Part 

60 

In subpart UU, an error in the value 

of the particulate matter standard for 

saturated felt or smooth-surfaced roll 

roofing is corrected from 0.04 kg/Mg to 

0.4 kg/Mg. 

N. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) 

Emissions from Synthetic Organic 

Chemical Manufacturing Industry 

(SOCMI) Distillation Operations 

(Subpart NNN) Part 60 

In subpart NNN, references to 

paragraphs in Section 60.660(c)(4) and 

Section 60.665(h)(2) and (3) are 

corrected. 

O. Stationary Compression Ignition 

Internal Combustion Engines (Subpart 

IIII) Part 60 

In Subpart IIII, the requirement to use 

Method 1 or 1A for sampling point 

selection in testing gaseous emission 

from engines with smaller ducts is 

dropped, and single- or three-point 

sampling, depending on duct size, is 

added. 

P. Stationary Spark Ignition Internal 

Combustion Engines (Subpart JJJJ) Part 

60 

In Subpart JJJJ, the requirement to use 

Method 1 or 1A for sampling point 

selection in testing gaseous emissions 

from engines with smaller ducts is 

dropped, and single- or three-point 

sampling, depending on duct size, is 

added. 

Q. Method 1 of Appendix A–1 of Part 60 

In Method 1, the distances from the 

sampling point to flow disturbances is 

clarified in Figure 1–1, and Figure 1–2 

is corrected to show the proper 

demarcation between the requirement 

for 12 and 16 sampling points. 

R. Method 2 of Appendix A–1 of Part 60 

In Method 2, a pressure stability 

specification for the pitot tube leakcheck is added. An erroneous reference 

to Figure 2–6B is corrected to reference 

Figure 2–7B. An error in a term in the 

denominator of Equation 2–7 is 

corrected. The velocity constant in 

English units used in Equation 2–7 is 

corrected by changing the units from m/ 

sec to ft/sec. The term for absolute 

temperature in Equations 2–7 and 2–8 is 

corrected to represent the average of the 

absolute temperatures; an inadvertently 

omitted term is added to Section 12.1 

for the average absolute temperature; 

and calibrating a barometer against a 

NIST-traceable barometer is allowed as 

an alternative to calibrating against a 

mercury barometer. 

S. Method 2A of Appendix A–1 of Part 

60 

In Method 2A, calibrating a barometer 

against a NIST-traceable barometer is 

allowed as an alternative to calibrating 

against a mercury barometer. 

T. Method 2B of Appendix A–1 of Part 

60 

In Method 2B, nomenclature errors 

are corrected and the assumed ambient 

carbon dioxide concentration used in 

the calculations is changed from 300 to 

380 ppm to closer approximate current 

ambient levels. 

U. Method 2D of Appendix A–1 of Part 

60 

In Method 2D, calibrating a barometer 

against a NIST-traceable barometer is 

allowed as an alternative to calibrating 

against a mercury barometer. 

V. Method 3A of Appendix A–2 of Part 

60 

In Method 3A, a redundant sentence 

noting that pre-cleaned air may be used 

for the high-level calibration gas is 

deleted. 

W. Method 3C of Appendix A–2 of Part 

60 

In Method 3C, an equation for 

correcting the sample nitrogen 

concentration for tank dilution is added 

as a supplemental calculation option for 

Method 25C samples. 

X. Method 4 of Appendix A–3 of Part 60 

In Method 4, the English value for the 

leak rate exceedance in Section 9.1 is 

corrected from 0.20 cfm to 0.020 cfm. 

Method 6A, Method 320, and a 

calculation using F-factors are added as 

alternatives to Method 4 for the 

moisture determination. 

Y. Method 5 of Appendix A–3 of Part 60 

In Method 5, it is clarified that the 

deionized water used in the analysis of 

material caught in the impingers must 

have ≤0.001 percent residue; the factor 

K is corrected to read K’ in Equation 5– 

13; calibrating a barometer against a 

NIST-traceable barometer is allowed as 

an alternative to calibrating against a 

mercury barometer; calibrating a 

temperature sensor against a 

thermometer equivalent to a mercury-inglass thermometer is allowed as an 

alternative to calibrating against a 

mercury-in-glass thermometer; 

rechecking temperature sensors for the 

filter holder and metering system after 

each test is allowed in place of having 

sensors calibrated within 3 °F; the 

option to check the probe heater 

calibration after a test at a single point 

using a reference thermometer is added; 

the use of weather station barometric 

pressure corrected to testing point 

elevation is added as an option to 

having an on-site barometer; a single 

acetone blank per container is allowed 

in place of a blank from each wash 

bottle; Section 10.3.3 is clarified as a 

post-test metering system calibration 

check rather than a metering system 

calibration, and an alternative metering 

check procedure is added; the use of 

filter holder supports or frits made of 

Teflon is allowed without having to first 

obtain the Administrator’s approval; 

and Reference 13 for post-test 

calibration is added to the method. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11231 

Z. Method 5A of Appendix A–3 of Part 

60 

In Method 5A, mercury-free 

thermometers are allowed as an 

alternative to mercury-in-glass 

thermometers. 

AA. Method 5E of Appendix A–3 of Part 

60 

In Method 5E, the requirement to use 

the Rosemount Model 2100A total 

organic content analyzer is replaced 

with the Tekmar-Dohrmann or 

equivalent analyzer. In Section 12.5, the 

equation for total particulate 

concentration is correctly labeled as Eq. 

5E–5. 

BB. Method 5H of Appendix A–3 of Part 

60 

In Method 5H, Section 12.1 is revised 

to add missing terms Ci, Co, Qi, and Qo; 

and procedures for the determination of 

an alternative tracer gas flow rate are 

added. 

CC. Method 6 of Appendix A–4 of Part 

60 

In Method 6, calibrating a temperature 

sensor against a thermometer equivalent 

to a mercury-in-glass thermometer is 

allowed as an alternative to using a 

mercury-in-glass thermometer, and 

calibrating a barometer against a NISTtraceable barometer is allowed as an 

alternative to calibrating against a 

mercury barometer. 

DD. Method 6C of Appendix A–4 of Part 

60 

In Section 4.0 of Method 6C, an 

incorrect reference to Section 4.1 of 

Method 6 is corrected to reference 

Section 4.0 of Method 7E. Provisions 

that were removed from the original 

method that addressed potential 

quenching effects in fluorescence 

analyzers are added to the method. 

EE. Method 7 of Appendix A–4 of Part 

60 

In Method 7, procedures are added to 

avoid biasing the results when sampling 

under conditions of high SO2

concentrations; calibrating a barometer 

against a NIST-traceable barometer is 

added as an alternative to calibrating 

against a mercury barometer; and 

calibrating a temperature sensor against 

a thermometer equivalent to a mercuryin-glass thermometer is an acceptable 

alternative to using a mercury-in-glass 

thermometer. 

FF. Method 7A of Appendix A–4 of Part 

60 

In Method 7A, new procedures are 

added to avoid biasing the results when 

sampling under conditions of high SO2

concentrations, and calibrating a 

temperature sensor against a 

thermometer equivalent to a mercury-inglass thermometer is added as an 

acceptable alternative to using a 

mercury-in-glass thermometer. 

GG. Method 7E of Appendix A–4 of Part 

60 

In Method 7E, the instructions for 

choosing the high-level calibration gas 

are clarified. Instructions are added to 

minimize contact of the sample with 

any condensate to reduce the chance of 

sample loss, and an error in the traverse 

point locations used to determine 

stratification across large stacks is 

corrected. The basis of a stable response 

for measurements in the system 

response time determination is revised 

in Section 8.2.5 to conform with Section 

8.2.6. Alternative sampling bags made of 

materials other than Tedlar are allowed 

if the materials are applicable for 

retaining the compounds of interest. 

HH. Method 8 of Appendix A–4 of Part 

60 

In Method 8, an error in the definition 

of Vsoln is corrected. Figure 8–1 is 

clarified to identify which impingers 

collect sulfuric acid/sulfur trioxide and 

which collect SO2. 

II. Method 10 of Appendix A–4 of Part 

60 

Method 10 is revised to allow the use 

of sample tanks as an alternative to 

flexible bags for sample collection. 

JJ. Methods 10A and 10B of Appendix 

A–4 of Part 60 

In Methods 10A and 10B, sampling 

bags made of materials other than 

Tedlar are allowed if the materials have 

the sample retaining qualities of Tedlar. 

KK. Method 11 of Appendix A–5 of Part 

60 

Method 11 is revised to address 

sample breakthrough at high 

concentrations by using an additional 

collection impinger. Calibrating a 

temperature sensor against a 

thermometer equivalent to a mercury-inglass thermometer is an acceptable 

alternative to using a mercury-in-glass 

thermometer. 

LL. Method 12 of Appendix A–5 of Part 

60 

Method 12 is revised to allow for 

analysis by inductively coupled plasmaatomic emission spectrometry (ICP– 

AES) and cold vapor atomic 

fluorescence spectrometry (CVAFS) as 

alternatives to atomic absorption (AA) 

analysis. 

MM. Method 14A of Appendix A–5 of 

Part 60 

In Section 10.1.1 of Method 14A, an 

incorrect reference to Figure 5–6 is 

corrected to reference Figure 5–5. 

NN. Method 16A of Appendix A–6 of 

Part 60 

In Method 16A, the applicability 

section notes that method results may 

be biased low if used at sources other 

than kraft pulp mills where stack 

oxygen levels may be lower. 

OO. Method 16C of Appendix A–6 of 

Part 60 

In Method 16C, errors in the 

nomenclature and the equation for 

calculating the total reduced sulfur 

concentration are corrected. 

PP. Method 18 of Appendix A–6 of Part 

60 

In Method 18, sampling bags made of 

materials other than Tedlar are allowed 

if the materials are applicable for 

retaining the compounds of interest. 

QQ. Method 23 of Appendix A–7 of Part 

60 

In Method 23, the requirement in 

Section 2.2.7 that silica gel be stored in 

metal containers has been deleted. 

Section 4.2.7 is clarified to note that the 

used silica gel should be transferred to 

its original container or other suitable 

vessel if moisture is being determined or 

discarded if not needed. Mercury-free 

thermometers are allowed as 

alternatives to mercury-in-glass 

thermometers. Section 8.0, which was 

inadvertently removed in a previous 

rulemaking, has been added. 

RR. Method 24 of Appendix A–7 of Part 

60 

In Method 24, ASTM Method D2369 

is cited without referencing specific 

sections to preclude confusion if the 

method sections are revised in the 

future. 

SS. Method 25 of Appendix A–7 of Part 

60 

In Method 25, more detailed 

information is given to describe the 

filters used for sample collection. 

TT. Method 25C of Appendix A–7 of 

Part 60 

Method 25C is revised to allow 

sampling lines made of Teflon. Probes 

that have closed points and are driven 

below the surface in a single step and 

withdrawn a distance to create a gas gap 

are allowed as acceptable substitutes to 

pilot probes and the auger procedure. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11232 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

UU. Method 25D of Appendix A–7 of 

Part 60 

In Method 25D, errors in crossreferences within the method are 

corrected. 

VV. Method 26 of Appendix A–8 of Part 

60 

Method 26 is revised to allow the use 

of heated Teflon probes in place of 

glass-lined probes. Conflicting 

temperature requirements for the 

sampling system are clarified, and the 

note to keep the probe and filter 

temperature at least 20 °C above the 

source temperature is removed. The 

location of the thermocouple that 

monitors the collected gas temperature 

is clarified as being as close to the filter 

holder as practicable instead of in the 

gas stream. Method 26A is allowed as an 

acceptable alternative when Method 26 

is required. 

WW. Method 26A of Appendix A–8 of 

Part 60 

Method 26A is revised to clearly state 

that the temperature of the probe and 

filter must be maintained between 120 

and 134 °C. 

XX. Method 29 of Appendix A–8 of Part 

60 

Method 29 is revised to allow sample 

analysis by CVAFS as an alternative to 

AA analysis. 

YY. Method 30B of Appendix A–8 of 

Part 60 

In Method 30B, calibrating a 

barometer against a NIST-traceable 

barometer is allowed as an alternative to 

calibrating against a mercury barometer. 

Table 9–1 and the method text are 

revised to amend the quality assurance/ 

quality control criteria for sorbent trap 

section 2 breakthrough and sample 

analysis to address compliance testing 

and relative accuracy testing of mercury 

monitoring systems currently being 

conducted at much lower emission 

concentrations. The method is revised 

to include the most up-to-date citation 

for determining the method detection 

limit. 

ZZ. Performance Specification 3 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

In Performance Specification 3, a 

statement that was inadvertently 

removed that allows the relative 

accuracy to be within 20 percent of the 

reference method mean value is added 

to establish the original intent of the 

rule. 

AAA. Performance Specification 4 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

Performance Specification 4 is revised 

to remove the interference trap specified 

in Method 10 when evaluating nondispersive infrared continuous emission 

monitoring systems against Method 10. 

BBB. Performance Specification 4B of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

Performance Specification 4B is 

clarified to note that Equation 1 in 

Section 7.1.1 for calculating calibration 

error only applies to the carbon 

monoxide monitor and not the oxygen 

monitor. It is noted for the oxygen 

monitor that the calibration error should 

be expressed as the oxygen 

concentration difference between the 

mean monitor and reference value at 

three levels. 

CCC. Performance Specification 7 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

Performance Specification 7 is revised 

to allow Methods 15 and 16 as reference 

methods in addition to Method 11. 

DDD. Performance Specification 11 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

In Performance Specification 11, 

errors in the denominators of Equations 

11–1 and 11–2 are corrected. 

EEE. Performance Specification 12B of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

In Performance Specification 12B, 

allowance is made for using a single 

good trap when one is lost, broken or 

damaged. More flexibility is also 

allowed in meeting the stack flow-tosample flow ratio. 

FFF. Performance Specification 15 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

In Performance Specification 15, the 

general references to 40 CFR part 60, 

Appendix B, for the relative accuracy 

analysis procedure are revised to 

specifically cite Performance 

Specification 2 of 40 CFR part 60, 

Appendix B. 

GGG. Performance Specification 16 of 

Appendix B of Part 60 

Performance Specification 16 is 

revised to clarify the retesting of a 

predictive emission monitoring system 

(PEMS) after a sensor is replaced. 

Relative accuracy testing at three load or 

production rate levels is allowed in 

cases where the key operating parameter 

is not readily alterable. Additional 

instruction is added for performing the 

relative accuracy audit (RAA). An error 

in the RAA acceptance criterion is 

corrected, and an alternative acceptance 

criterion for low concentration 

measurements is added. The yearly 

relative accuracy test audit clearly notes 

that the statistical tests in Section 8.3 

are not required for this test. An 

incorrect reference to Equation 16–4 in 

Section 12.4 is corrected. 

HHH. Procedure 1 of Appendix F of Part 

60 

In Procedure 1, the relevant 

performance specification would be 

cited for the RAA calculation instead of 

using the current Equation 1–1, which 

is not appropriate for all pollutants. 

III. Procedure 2 of Appendix F of Part 

60 

In Procedure 2, Equations 2–2 and 2– 

3 are revised to have the full-scale value 

in the denominator, which is more 

appropriate than the up-scale check 

value. The denominator of equation 2– 

4 is revised to include the volume of the 

reference device rather than the fullscale value. 

JJJ. Procedure 5 of Appendix F of Part 

60 

In Procedure 5, the second section 

listed as Section 6.2.6 is correctly 

numbered as Section 6.2.7. 

KKK. General Provisions (Subpart A) 

Part 61 

In the General Provisions of part 61, 

Methods 3A and 19 are added to the list 

of methods not requiring the use of 

audit samples in Section 61.13(e). 

LLL. Beryllium (Subpart C) Part 61 

In the Beryllium National Emission 

Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 

(NESHAP), Method 29 of part 60 is 

added as an acceptable alternative to 

Method 104 in Section 61.33(a) for 

emissions testing. 

MMM. Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing 

(Subpart D) Part 61 

In the beryllium rocket motor firing 

NESHAP, a conversion error in the 

emission standard in Section 61.42(a) is 

corrected. 

NNN. Mercury (Subpart E) Part 61 

In the mercury NESHAP, Method 29 

of part 60 is added as an acceptable 

alternative to Method 101A in Section 

61.53(d)(2) for emissions testing. 

OOO. Inorganic Arsenic Emissions From 

Glass Manufacturing Plants (Subpart N) 

Part 61 

In the glass manufacturing plants 

NESHAP, Method 29 in Appendix A of 

part 60 is added as an acceptable 

alternative to Method 108 in Section 

61.164(d)(2)(i) for determining the 

arsenic emissions rate and in Section 

61.164(e)(1)(i) and (e)(2) for determining 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11233 

the arsenic concentration in a gas 

stream. 

PPP. Method 101 of Appendix B of Part 

61 

Method 101 is revised to allow 

analysis by ICP–AES or CVAFS as 

alternatives to AA analysis. 

QQQ. Method 101A of Appendix B of 

Part 61 

Method 101A is revised to allow 

analysis by ICP–AES or CVAFS as 

alternatives to AA analysis. 

RRR. Method 102 of Appendix B of Part 

61 

In Method 102, mercury-free 

thermometers are allowed in place of 

mercury-in-glass thermometers. 

SSS. Method 104 of Appendix B of Part 

61 

Method 104 is revised to allow 

analysis by ICP–AES and CVAFS as 

alternatives to AA analysis. A new 

alternative procedures section is added 

to address ICP–AES. 

TTT. Methods 108 and 108A of 

Appendix B of Part 61 

Methods 108 and 108A are revised to 

allow analysis by ICP–AES as an 

alternative to AA analysis. A new 

alternative procedures section is added 

to address ICP–AES. 

UUU. General Provisions (Subpart A) 

Part 63 

In the General Provisions of part 63, 

Methods 3A and 19 are added to the list 

of methods not requiring the use of 

audit samples in Section 63.7(c). In 

Section 63.8(f)(6)(iii), an incorrect 

reference to a section of Performance 

Specification 2 is corrected. Section 

63.14 is revised to arrange the materials 

that are incorporated by reference in 

alpha-numeric order. 

VVV. Synthetic Organic Chemical 

Manufacturing Industry (Subpart G) 

Part 63 

Subpart G is revised to allow the use 

of Method 316 or Method 8260B in the 

SW–846 Compendium of Methods to 

determine hazardous air pollutant 

concentrations in wastewater streams in 

Section 63.144(b)(5)(i). 

WWW. Chromium Emissions From Hard 

and Decorative Chromium 

Electroplating and Chromium 

Anodizing Tanks (Subpart N) Part 63 

South Coast Air Quality Management 

District Method 205.1 is added as a 

testing option for measuring total 

chromium. 

XXX. Ethylene Oxide Emissions 

Standards for Sterilization Facilities 

(Subpart O) Part 63 

The ethylene oxide emissions 

standard for sterilization facilities is 

revised to allow California Air 

Resources Board (CARB) Method 431 as 

an alternative to the procedures in 

Section 63.365(b) for determining the 

efficiency at the sterilization chamber 

vent. An error in a reference to a section 

in Performance Specification 8 is also 

corrected. 

YYY. Marine Tank Vessel Loading 

Operations (Subpart Y) Part 63 

The marine tank vessel loading 

operations emissions standard is revised 

to allow Method 25B as an alternative 

to Method 25A in Section 63.565(d)(5) 

for determining the average VOC 

concentration upstream and 

downstream of recovery devices. 

Method 25B is allowed as an alternative 

to Methods 25 and 25A for determining 

the percent reduction in VOC in Section 

63.565(d)(8), and the requirement that 

Method 25B be validated according to 

Method 301 in Section 63.565(d)(10) is 

added. Method 25B is also added as an 

alternative to Method 25A in 

determining the baseline outlet VOC 

concentration in Section 63.565(g). 

ZZZ. Aerospace Manufacturing and 

Rework Facilities (Subpart GG) Part 63 

The aerospace manufacturing and 

rework facilities emissions standard is 

revised to remove an incorrect reference 

to the location of Method 319 in Section 

63.750(o). 

AAAA. Pharmaceuticals Production 

(Subpart GGG) Part 63 

The pharmaceuticals production 

emissions standard is revised to allow 

Method 320 as an alternative to Method 

18 for demonstrating that a vent is not 

a process vent. 

BBBB. Secondary Aluminum Production 

(Subpart RRR) Part 63 

The secondary aluminum production 

emissions standard is revised to allow 

Method 26 as an alternative to Method 

26A in Section 63.1511(c)(9) for 

determining hydrochloric acid (HCl) 

concentration. 

CCCC. Manufacturing of Nutritional 

Yeast (Subpart CCCC) Part 63 

Table 2 in the manufacturing of 

nutritional yeast emissions standard is 

revised to delete the requirement to use 

Methods 1, 2, 3, and 4 when measuring 

VOC by Method 25A. 

DDDD. Petroleum Refineries: Catalytic 

Cracking Units, Catalytic Reforming 

Units, and Sulfur Recovery Units 

(Subpart UUUU) Part 63 

Table 4 in the petroleum refineries 

emissions standard is revised to allow 

Method 320 as an alternative to Method 

18 for determining control device 

efficiency for organic compounds. 

EEEE. Stationary Reciprocating Internal 

Combustion Engines (Subpart ZZZZ) 

Part 63 

Table 4 in the stationary reciprocating 

internal combustion engines emissions 

standard is revised to clarify that a 

heated probe is not necessary when 

using ASTM D6522 to measure oxygen 

or carbon dioxide concentrations. The 

requirement to use Method 1 or 1A for 

sampling site and sampling point 

selection in testing gaseous emissions 

from engines with smaller ducts is 

deleted, and single- or three-point 

sampling, depending on duct size, is 

added. 

FFFF. Method 306 of Appendix A of 

Part 63 

Method 306 is revised to remove 

references to two figures that do not 

exist and to clarify the conditions under 

which ICP is appropriate for sample 

analysis. Alternative mercury-free 

thermometers are allowed as 

alternatives to mercury-in-glass 

thermometers. 

GGGG. Method 306A of Appendix A of 

Part 63 

In Method 306A, information is added 

to clarify the conditions under which 

sample filtering is required. 

HHHH. Methods 308, 315, and 316 of 

Appendix A of Part 63 

In Methods 308, 315, and 316, 

calibrating a temperature sensor against 

a thermometer equivalent to a mercuryin-glass thermometer is added as an 

alternative to mercury-in-glass 

thermometers. Alternative mercury-free 

thermometers are allowed as 

alternatives to mercury-in-glass 

thermometers. 

IIII. Method 321 of Appendix A of Part 

63 

In Method 321, the term for dilution 

factor in the calculations is clarified. 

IV. Public Comments on the Proposed 

Amendments 

Thirty-eight comment letters were 

received on the proposed rule. The 

public comments and the agency’s 

responses are summarized in the 

Summary of Comments and Responses 

Document that has been added to the 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11234 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

docket that is accessible at the address 

given in the ADDRESSES section of this 

preamble. 

V. Statutory and Executive Order 

Reviews 

A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory 

Planning and Review and Executive 

Order 13563: Improving Regulation and 

Regulatory Review 

This action is not a ‘‘significant 

regulatory action’’ under the terms of 

Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, 

October 4, 1993) and is, therefore, not 

subject to review under Executive 

Orders 12866 and 13563 (76 FR 3821, 

January 21, 2011). It does not involve 

the expenditure of $100 million in a 

year and does not raise significant 

issues. This final rule amends current 

testing regulations by removing errors 

and obsolete provisions and adding 

approved alternative procedures. 

B. Paperwork Reduction Act 

This action does not impose an 

information collection burden under the 

provisions of the Paperwork Reduction 

Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. Burden is 

defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b). This final 

rule does not add information collection 

requirements beyond those currently 

required under the applicable 

regulations. This final rule amends 

current testing regulations by removing 

errors and obsolete provisions and 

adding approved alternative procedures. 

C. Regulatory Flexibility Act 

The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) 

generally requires an agency to prepare 

a regulatory flexibility analysis of any 

rule subject to notice and comment 

rulemaking requirements under the 

Administrative Procedure Act or any 

other statute unless the agency certifies 

that the rule will not have a significant 

economic impact on a substantial 

number of small entities. Small entities 

include small businesses, small 

organizations, and small governmental 

jurisdictions. 

For purposes of assessing the impacts 

of this rule on small entities, small 

entity is defined as: (1) A small business 

as defined by the Small Business 

Administration’s (SBA) regulations at 13 

CFR 121.201; (2) a small governmental 

jurisdiction that is a government of a 

city, county, town, school district or 

special district with a population of less 

than 50,000; and (3) a small 

organization that is any not-for-profit 

enterprise which is independently 

owned and operated and is not 

dominant in its field. 

After considering the economic 

impacts of this final rule on small 

entities, I certify that this action will not 

have a significant economic impact on 

a substantial number of small entities. 

This final rule will not impose any 

requirements on small entities since it 

only corrects and updates current 

requirements and adds new testing 

options. 

D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act 

This action contains no federal 

mandates under the provisions of Title 

II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform 

Act of 1995 (UMRA), 2 U.S.C. 1531– 

1538, for state, local, or tribal 

governments or the private sector. This 

action imposes no enforceable duty on 

any state, local or tribal governments or 

the private sector. Therefore, this action 

is not subject to the requirements of 

sections 202 or 205 of the UMRA. This 

action is also not subject to the 

requirements of section 203 of UMRA 

because it contains no regulatory 

requirements that might significantly or 

uniquely affect small governments. The 

alternative procedure being added will 

give small entities more flexibility in 

choosing testing procedures in 

applicable situations. 

E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism 

This action does not have federalism 

implications. It will not have substantial 

direct effects on the states, on the 

relationship between the national 

government and the states, or on the 

distribution of power and 

responsibilities among the various 

levels of government, as specified in 

Executive Order 13132. This final rule 

corrects and updates current testing 

requirements. Thus, Executive Order 

13132 does not apply to this action. 

F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation 

and Coordination With Indian Tribal 

Governments 

This action does not have tribal 

implications, as specified in Executive 

Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 

2000). This final rule corrects and 

updates testing provisions that are 

already currently mandated. It does not 

add any new requirements and does not 

affect pollutant emissions or air quality. 

Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not 

apply to this action. 

G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of 

Children From Environmental Health 

Risks and Safety Risks 

The EPA interprets EO 13045 (62 FR 

19885, April 23, 1997) as applying only 

to those regulatory actions that concern 

health or safety risks, such that the 

analysis required under section 5–501 of 

the EO has the potential to influence the 

regulation. This action is not subject to 

EO 13045 because it does not establish 

an environmental standard intended to 

mitigate health or safety risks. 

H. Executive Order 13211: Actions 

Concerning Regulations That 

Significantly Affect Energy Supply, 

Distribution, or Use 

This rule is not subject to Executive 

Order 13211 (66 FR 28355 (May 22, 

2001)), because it is not a significant 

regulatory action under Executive Order 

12866. 

I. National Technology Transfer and 

Advancement Act 

Section 12(d) of the National 

Technology Transfer and Advancement 

Act of 1995 (‘‘NTTAA’’), Public Law 

104–113, 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) 

directs the EPA to use voluntary 

consensus standards in its regulatory 

activities unless to do so would be 

inconsistent with applicable law or 

otherwise impractical. Voluntary 

consensus standards are technical 

standards (e.g., materials specifications, 

test methods, sampling procedures, and 

business practices) that are developed or 

adopted by voluntary consensus 

standards bodies. The NTTAA directs 

the EPA to provide Congress, through 

OMB, explanations when the agency 

decides not to use available and 

applicable voluntary consensus 

standards. This action does not involve 

technical standards. Therefore, the EPA 

did not consider the use of any 

voluntary consensus standards. 

J. Executive Order 12898: Federal 

Actions To Address Environmental 

Justice in Minority Populations and 

Low-Income Populations 

Executive Order (EO) 12898 (59 FR 

7629 (Feb. 16, 1994)) establishes federal 

executive policy on environmental 

justice. Its main provision directs 

federal agencies, to the greatest extent 

practicable and permitted by law, to 

make environmental justice part of their 

mission by identifying and addressing, 

as appropriate, disproportionately high 

and adverse human health or 

environmental effects of their programs, 

policies, and activities on minority 

populations and low-income 

populations in the United States. 

The EPA has determined that this 

final rule will not have 

disproportionately high and adverse 

human health or environmental effects 

on minority or low-income populations 

because it does not affect the level of 

protection provided to human health or 

the environment. This final rule does 

not relax the control measures on 

sources regulated by the rule and, 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11235 

therefore, will not cause emissions 

increases from these sources. 

K. Congressional Review Act 

The Congressional Review Act, 5 

U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the Small 

Business Regulatory Enforcement 

Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides 

that before a rule may take effect, the 

agency promulgating the rule must 

submit a rule report, which includes a 

copy of the rule, to each House of the 

Congress and to the Comptroller General 

of the United States. The EPA will 

submit a report containing this rule and 

other required information to the U.S. 

Senate, the U.S. House of 

Representatives, and the Comptroller 

General of the United States prior to 

publication of the rule in the Federal 

Register. A major rule cannot take effect 

until 60 days after it is published in the 

Federal Register. This action is not a 

‘‘major rule’’ as defined by 5 U.S.C. 

804(2). This rule will be effective on 

February 27, 2014. 

List of Subjects 

40 CFR Parts 51 and 61 

Air pollution control, Environmental 

protection, Performance specifications, 

and Test methods and procedures. 

40 CFR Parts 60 and 63 

Air pollution control, Environmental 

protection, Incorporation by reference, 

Performance specifications, and Test 

methods and procedures. 

Dated: January 28, 2014. 

Gina McCarthy, 

Administrator. 

For the reasons set out in the 

preamble, Title 40, Chapter I of the Code 

of Federal Regulations is amended as 

follows: 

PART 51—REQUIREMENTS FOR 

PREPARATION, ADOPTION, AND 

SUBMITTAL OF IMPLEMENTATION 

PLANS 

■ 1. The authority citation for part 51 

continues to read as follows: 

Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et. seq. 

■ 2. Amend appendix M to part 51 as 

follows: 

■ a. By revising section 4.0.a. 

■ b. By amending Method 201A as 

follows: 

■ i. By revising section 7.2.1. 

■ ii. By revising paragraph 8.3.4(b). 

■ iii. By revising section 8.3.4.1. 

■ iv. By revising section 8.7.2.2. 

■ v. By revising paragraph 8.7.5.5(a). 

■ vi. By revising the introductory text of 

section 10.1. 

■ vii. By removing section 10.5. 

■ viii. By revising section 11.2.1. 

■ ix. By removing the term ‘‘Vb’’ and its 

definition from section 12.1. 

■ x. By revising Equations 8 and 9 in 

section 12.5. 

■ c. By amending Method 202 as 

follows: 

■ i. By revising sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2. 

■ ii. By revising section 8.5.1. 

■ iii. By revising section 8.5.3.1. 

■ iv. By revising sections 11.2.1 and 

11.2.2. 

■ vi. By revising Figures 2, 3, 4, 5, and 

6 in section 18.0. 

Appendix M to Part 51—Recommended 

Test Methods for State Implementation 

Plans 

* * * * * 

4.0. * * * 

a. The source owner, operator, or 

representative of the tested facility shall 

obtain an audit sample, if commercially 

available, from an AASP for each test method 

used for regulatory compliance purposes. No 

audit samples are required for the following 

test methods: Methods 3A and 3C of 

appendix A–3 of part 60, Methods 6C, 7E, 9, 

and 10 of appendix A–4 of part 60, Methods 

18 and 19 of appendix A–6 of part 60, 

Methods 20, 22, and 25A of appendix A–7 of 

part 60, and Methods 303, 318, 320, and 321 

of appendix A of part 63 of this chapter. If 

multiple sources at a single facility are tested 

during a compliance test event, only one 

audit sample is required for each method 

used during a compliance test. The 

compliance authority responsible for the 

compliance test may waive the requirement 

to include an audit sample if they believe 

that an audit sample is not necessary. 

‘‘Commercially available’’ means that two or 

more independent AASPs have blind audit 

samples available for purchase. If the source 

owner, operator, or representative cannot 

find an audit sample for a specific method, 

the owner, operator, or representative shall 

consult the EPA Web site at the following 

URL, http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm 

whether there is a source that can supply an 

audit sample for that method. If the EPA Web 

site does not list an available audit sample 

at least 60 days prior to the beginning of the 

compliance test, the source owner, operator, 

or representative shall not be required to 

include an audit sample as part of the quality 

assurance program for the compliance test. 

When ordering an audit sample, the source 

owner, operator, or representative shall give 

the sample provider an estimate for the 

concentration of each pollutant that is 

emitted by the source or the estimated 

concentration of each pollutant based on the 

permitted level and the name, address, and 

phone number of the compliance authority. 

The source owner, operator, or representative 

shall report the results for the audit sample 

along with a summary of the emission test 

results for the audited pollutant to the 

compliance authority and shall report the 

results of the audit sample to the AASP. The 

source owner, operator, or representative 

shall make both reports at the same time and 

in the same manner or shall report to the 

compliance authority first and report to the 

AASP. If the method being audited is a 

method that allows the samples to be 

analyzed in the field, and the tester plans to 

analyze the samples in the field, the tester 

may analyze the audit samples prior to 

collecting the emission samples provided a 

representative of the compliance authority is 

present at the testing site. The tester may 

request and the compliance authority may 

grant a waiver to the requirement that a 

representative of the compliance authority 

must be present at the testing site during the 

field analysis of an audit sample. The source 

owner, operator, or representative may report 

the results of the audit sample to the 

compliance authority and then report the 

results of the audit sample to the AASP prior 

to collecting any emission samples. The test 

protocol and final test report shall document 

whether an audit sample was ordered and 

utilized and the pass/fail results as 

applicable. 

* * * * * 

Method 201A—Determination of PM10 and 

PM2.5 Emissions From Stationary Sources 

(Constant Sampling Rate Procedure) 

* * * * * 

7.2.1 Acetone. Use acetone that is stored 

in a glass bottle. Do not use acetone from a 

metal container because it will likely 

produce a high residue in the laboratory and 

field reagent blanks. You must use acetone 

with blank values less than 1 part per million 

by weight residue. Analyze acetone blanks 

prior to field use to confirm low blank 

values. In no case shall a blank value of 

greater than 0.0001 percent (1 part per 

million by weight) of the weight of acetone 

used in sample recovery be subtracted from 

the sample weight (i.e., the maximum blank 

correction is 0.1 mg per 100 g of acetone used 

to recover samples). 

* * * * * 

8.3.4 * * * 

(b) The appropriate nozzle to maintain the 

required gas sampling rate for the velocity 

pressure range and isokinetic range. If the 

isokinetic range cannot be met (e.g., batch 

processes, extreme process flow or 

temperature variation), void the sample or 

use methods subject to the approval of the 

Administrator to correct the data. The 

acceptable variation from isokinetic sampling 

is 80 to 120 percent and no more than 100 

± 21 percent (2 out of 12 or 5 out of 24) 

sampling points outside of this criteria. 

* * * * * 

8.3.4.1 Preliminary traverse. You must 

use an S-type pitot tube with a conventional 

thermocouple to conduct the traverse. 

Conduct the preliminary traverse as close as 

possible to the anticipated testing time on 

sources that are subject to hour-by-hour gas 

flow rate variations of approximately ± 20 

percent and/or gas temperature variations of 

approximately ± 28 °C (± 50 °F). (Note: You 

should be aware that these variations can 

cause errors in the cyclone cut diameters and 

the isokinetic sampling velocities.) 

* * * * * 

8.7.2.2 Probe blockage factor. You must 

use Equation 26 to calculate an average probe 

blockage correction factor (bf) if the diameter 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11236 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

of your stack or duct is between 25.7 and 

36.4 inches for the combined PM2.5/PM10

sampling head and pitot and between 18.8 

and 26.5 inches for the PM2.5 cyclone and 

pitot. A probe blockage factor is calculated 

because of the flow blockage caused by the 

relatively large cross-sectional area of the 

cyclone sampling head, as discussed in 

Section 8.3.2.2 and illustrated in Figures 8 

and 9 of Section 17. You must determine the 

cross-sectional area of the cyclone head you 

use and determine its stack blockage factor. 

(Note: Commercially-available sampling 

heads (including the PM10 cyclone, PM2.5

cyclone, pitot and filter holder) have a 

projected area of approximately 31.2 square 

inches when oriented into the gas stream.) As 

the probe is moved from the outermost to the 

innermost point, the amount of blockage that 

actually occurs ranges from approximately 13 

square inches to the full 31.2 square inches 

plus the blockage caused by the probe 

extension. The average cross-sectional area 

blocked is 22 square inches. 

* * * * * 

8.7.5.5 * * * 

(a) Container #1, Less than or equal to 

PM2.5 micrometer filterable particulate. Use 

tweezers and/or clean disposable surgical 

gloves to remove the filter from the filter 

holder. Place the filter in the Petri dish that 

you labeled with the test identification and 

Container #1. Using a dry brush and/or a 

sharp-edged blade, carefully transfer any PM 

and/or filter fibers that adhere to the filter 

holder gasket or filter support screen to the 

Petri dish. Seal the container. This container 

holds particles less than or equal to 2.5 

micrometers that are caught on the in-stack 

filter. (Note: If the test is conducted for PM10

only, then Container #1 would be for less 

than or equal to PM10 micrometer filterable 

particulate.) 

* * * * * 

10.1 Gas Flow Velocities. You must use 

an S-type pitot tube that meets the required 

EPA specifications (EPA Publication 600/4– 

77–0217b) during these velocity 

measurements. (Note: If, as specified in 

Section 8.7.2.3, testing is performed in stacks 

less than 26.5 inches in diameter, testers may 

use a standard pitot tube according to the 

requirements in Method 1 or 2 of appendix 

A–3 to part 60 of this chapter.) You must also 

complete the following: 

* * * * * 

11.2.1 Container #1, Less than or Equal to 

PM2.5 Micrometer Filterable Particulate. 

Transfer the filter and any loose particulate 

from the sample container to a tared 

weighing dish or pan that is inert to solvent 

or mineral acids. Desiccate for 24 hours in a 

dessicator containing anhydrous calcium 

sulfate. Weigh to a constant weight and 

report the results to the nearest 0.1 mg. (See 

Section 3.0 for a definition of Constant 

weight.) If constant weight requirements 

cannot be met, the filter must be treated as 

described in Section 11.2.1 of Method 202 of 

appendix M to this part. Note: The nozzle 

and front half wash and filter collected at or 

below 30 °C (85 °F) may not be heated and 

must be maintained at or below 30 °C (85 °F). 

* * * * * 

12.5 * * * 

* * * * * 

Method 202—Dry Impinger Method for 

Determining Condensable Particulate 

Emissions From Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

7.2.1 Acetone. Use acetone that is stored 

in a glass bottle. Do not use acetone from a 

metal container because it normally produces 

a high residual mass in the laboratory and 

field reagent blanks. You must use acetone 

that has a blank value less than 1.0 ppmw 

(0.1 mg/100 g) residue. 

7.2.2 Hexane, American Chemical Society 

grade. You must use hexane that has a blank 

residual mass value less than 1.0 ppmw (0.1 

mg/100 g) residue. 

* * * * * 

8.5.1 Impinger and CPM Filter Assembly. 

8.5.1.1 Monitor the moisture 

condensation in the knockout and backup 

impingers. If the accumulated water from 

moisture condensation overwhelms the 

knockout impinger, i.e., the water level is 

more than approximately one-half the 

capacity of the knockout impinger, or if water 

accumulates in the backup impinger 

sufficient to cover the impinger insert tip, 

then you may interrupt the sampling run, 

recover and weigh the moisture accumulated 

in the knockout and backup impinger, 

reassemble and leak check the sampling 

train, and resume the sampling run. You 

must purge the water collected during the 

test interruption as soon as practical 

following the procedures in Section 8.5.3. 

8.5.1.2 You must include the weight or 

volume of the moisture in your moisture 

calculation and you must combine the 

recovered water with the appropriate sample 

fraction for subsequent CPM analysis. 

8.5.1.3 Use the field data sheet for the 

filterable particulate method to record the 

CPM filter temperature readings at the 

beginning of each sample time increment and 

when sampling is halted. Maintain the CPM 

filter greater than 20 °C (greater than 65 °F) 

but less than or equal to 30 °C (less than or 

equal to 85 °F) during sample collection. 

(Note: Maintain the temperature of the CPM 

filter assembly as close to 30 °C (85 °F) as 

feasible.) 

* * * * * 

8.5.3.1 If you choose to conduct a 

pressurized nitrogen purge at the completion 

of CPM sample collection, you may purge the 

entire CPM sample collection train from the 

condenser inlet to the CPM filter holder 

outlet or you may quantitatively transfer the 

water collected in the condenser and the 

water dropout impinger to the backup 

impinger and purge only the backup 

impinger and the CPM filter. You must 

measure the water in the knockout and 

backup impingers and record the volume or 

weight as part of the moisture collected 

during sampling as specified in Section 

8.5.3.4. 

8.5.3.1.1 If you choose to conduct a purge 

of the entire CPM sampling train, you must 

replace the short stem impinger insert in the 

knock out impinger with a standard modified 

Greenburg Smith impinger insert. 

8.5.3.1.2 If you choose to combine the 

knockout and backup impinger catch prior to 

purge, you must purge the backup impinger 

and CPM filter holder. 

8.5.3.1.3 If the tip of the impinger insert 

does not extend below the water level 

(including the water transferred from the first 

impinger if this option was chosen), you 

must add a measured amount of degassed, 

deionized ultra-filtered water that contains 1 

ppmw (1 mg/L) residual mass or less until 

the impinger tip is at least 1 centimeter 

below the surface of the water. You must 

record the amount of water added to the 

water dropout impinger (Vp)(see Figure 4 of 

Section 18) to correct the moisture content of 

the effluent gas. (Note: Prior to use, water 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.001</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11237 

must be degassed using a nitrogen purge 

bubbled through the water for at least 15 

minutes to remove dissolved oxygen). 

8.5.3.1.4 To perform the nitrogen purge 

using positive pressure nitrogen flow, you 

must start with no flow of gas through the 

clean purge line and fittings. Connect the 

filter outlet to the input of the impinger train 

and disconnect the vacuum line from the exit 

of the silica moisture collection impinger (see 

Figure 3 of Section 18). You may purge only 

the CPM train by disconnecting the moisture 

train components if you measure moisture in 

the field prior to the nitrogen purge. You 

must increase the nitrogen flow gradually to 

avoid over-pressurizing the impinger array. 

You must purge the CPM train at a minimum 

of 14 liters per minute for at least one hour. 

At the conclusion of the purge, turn off the 

nitrogen delivery system. 

* * * * * 

11.2.1 Container #3, CPM Filter Sample. 

If the sample was collected by Method 17 or 

Method 201A with a stack temperature below 

30 °C (85 °F), transfer the filter and any loose 

PM from the sample container to a tared glass 

weighing dish. (See Section 3.0 for a 

definition of constant weight.) Desiccate the 

sample for 24 hours in a desiccator 

containing anhydrous calcium sulfate. Weigh 

to a constant weight and report the results to 

the nearest 0.1 mg. [Note: In-stack filter 

samples collected at 30 °C (85 °F) may 

include both filterable insoluble particulate 

and condensable particulate. The nozzle and 

front half wash and filter collected at or 

below 30 °C (85 °F) may not be heated and 

must be maintained at or below 30 °C (85 

°F).] 

11.2.2 CPM Container #1, Aqueous 

Liquid Impinger Contents. Analyze the water 

soluble CPM in Container #1 as described in 

this section. Place the contents of Container 

#1 into a separatory funnel. Add 

approximately 30 ml of hexane to the funnel, 

mix well, and pour off the upper organic 

phase. Repeat this procedure twice with 30 

ml of hexane each time combining the 

organic phase from each extraction. Each 

time, leave a small amount of the organic/

hexane phase in the separatory funnel, 

ensuring that no water is collected in the 

organic phase. This extraction should yield 

about 90 ml of organic extract. Combine the 

organic extract from Container #1 with the 

organic train rinse in Container #2. 

* * * * * 

18.0 * * * 

BILLING CODE 6560–N–P 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11238 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.002</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11239 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.003</GPH>
11240 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.004</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11241 

BILLING CODE 6560–50–C 

* * * * * 

PART 60—STANDARDS OF 

PERFORMANCE FOR NEW 

STATIONARY SOURCES 

■ 3. The authority citation for part 60 

continues to read as follows: 

Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et. seq. 

Subpart A—[Amended] 

■ 4. Amend § 60.8 by revising paragraph 

(g)(1) and adding new paragraphs (h) 

and (i) to read as follows: 

§ 60.8 Performance tests. 

* * * * * 

(g) * * * 

(1) The source owner, operator, or 

representative of the tested facility shall 

obtain an audit sample, if commercially 

available, from an AASP for each test 

method used for regulatory compliance 

purposes. No audit samples are required 

for the following test methods: Methods 

3A and 3C of appendix A–3 of part 60, 

Methods 6C, 7E, 9, and 10 of appendix 

A–4 of part 60, Methods 18 and 19 of 

appendix A–6 of part 60, Methods 20, 

22, and 25A of appendix A–7 of part 60, 

Methods 30A and 30B of appendix A– 

8 of part 60, and Methods 303, 318, 320, 

and 321 of appendix A of part 63 of this 

chapter. If multiple sources at a single 

facility are tested during a compliance 

test event, only one audit sample is 

required for each method used during a 

compliance test. The compliance 

authority responsible for the compliance 

test may waive the requirement to 

include an audit sample if they believe 

that an audit sample is not necessary. 

‘‘Commercially available’’ means that 

two or more independent AASPs have 

blind audit samples available for 

purchase. If the source owner, operator, 

or representative cannot find an audit 

sample for a specific method, the owner, 

operator, or representative shall consult 

the EPA Web site at the following URL, 

www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm 

whether there is a source that can 

supply an audit sample for that method. 

If the EPA Web site does not list an 

available audit sample at least 60 days 

prior to the beginning of the compliance 

test, the source owner, operator, or 

representative shall not be required to 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.005</GPH>
11242 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

include an audit sample as part of the 

quality assurance program for the 

compliance test. When ordering an 

audit sample, the source owner, 

operator, or representative shall give the 

sample provider an estimate for the 

concentration of each pollutant that is 

emitted by the source or the estimated 

concentration of each pollutant based 

on the permitted level and the name, 

address, and phone number of the 

compliance authority. The source 

owner, operator, or representative shall 

report the results for the audit sample 

along with a summary of the emission 

test results for the audited pollutant to 

the compliance authority and shall 

report the results of the audit sample to 

the AASP. The source owner, operator, 

or representative shall make both 

reports at the same time and in the same 

manner or shall report to the 

compliance authority first and then 

report to the AASP. If the method being 

audited is a method that allows the 

samples to be analyzed in the field and 

the tester plans to analyze the samples 

in the field, the tester may analyze the 

audit samples prior to collecting the 

emission samples provided a 

representative of the compliance 

authority is present at the testing site. 

The tester may request and the 

compliance authority may grant a 

waiver to the requirement that a 

representative of the compliance 

authority must be present at the testing 

site during the field analysis of an audit 

sample. The source owner, operator, or 

representative may report the results of 

the audit sample to the compliance 

authority and report the results of the 

audit sample to the AASP prior to 

collecting any emission samples. The 

test protocol and final test report shall 

document whether an audit sample was 

ordered and utilized and the pass/fail 

results as applicable. 

* * * * * 

(h) Unless otherwise specified in the 

applicable subpart, each test location 

must be verified to be free of cyclonic 

flow and evaluated for the existence of 

emission gas stratification and the 

required number of sampling traverse 

points. If other procedures are not 

specified in the applicable subpart to 

the regulations, use the appropriate 

procedures in Method 1 to check for 

cyclonic flow and Method 7E to 

evaluate emission gas stratification and 

selection of sampling points. 

(i) Whenever the use of multiple 

calibration gases is required by a test 

method, performance specification, or 

quality assurance procedure in a part 60 

standard or appendix, Method 205 of 40 

CFR part 51, appendix M of this 

chapter, ‘‘Verification of Gas Dilution 

Systems for Field Instrument 

Calibrations,’’ may be used. 

■ 5. Amend § 60.13 by revising 

paragraph (d)(1) to read as follows: 

§ 60.13 Monitoring requirements. 

* * * * * 

(d)(1) Owners and operators of a 

CEMS installed in accordance with the 

provisions of this part, must check the 

zero (or low level value between 0 and 

20 percent of span value) and span (50 

to 100 percent of span value) calibration 

drifts at least once each operating day in 

accordance with a written procedure. 

The zero and span must, at a minimum, 

be adjusted whenever either the 24-hour 

zero drift or the 24-hour span drift 

exceeds two times the limit of the 

applicable performance specification in 

appendix B of this part. The system 

must allow the amount of the excess 

zero and span drift to be recorded and 

quantified whenever specified. Owners 

and operators of a COMS installed in 

accordance with the provisions of this 

part must check the zero and upscale 

(span) calibration drifts at least once 

daily. For a particular COMS, the 

acceptable range of zero and upscale 

calibration materials is defined in the 

applicable version of PS–1 in appendix 

B of this part. For a COMS, the optical 

surfaces, exposed to the effluent gases, 

must be cleaned before performing the 

zero and upscale drift adjustments, 

except for systems using automatic zero 

adjustments. The optical surfaces must 

be cleaned when the cumulative 

automatic zero compensation exceeds 4 

percent opacity. 

* * * * * 

■ 6. Revise § 60.17 to read as follows: 

§ 60.17 Incorporations by reference. 

(a) Certain material is incorporated by 

reference into this part with the 

approval of the Director of the Federal 

Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 

CFR part 51. To enforce any edition 

other than that specified in this section, 

the EPA must publish notice of change 

in the Federal Register and the material 

must be available to the public. All 

approved material is available for 

inspection at the Air and Radiation 

Docket and Information Center, U.S. 

EPA, 401 M St. SW., Washington, DC, 

telephone number 202–566, and is 

available from the sources listed below. 

It is also available for inspection at the 

National Archives and Records 

Administration (NARA). For 

information on the availability of this 

material at NARA, call (202) 741–6030 

or go to http://www.archives.gov/

federal_register/code_of_federal_

regulations/ibr_locations.html. 

(b) American Gas Association, 

available through ILI Infodisk, 610 

Winters Avenue, Paramus, New Jersey 

07652: 

(1) American Gas Association Report 

No. 3: Orifice Metering for Natural Gas 

and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids, 

Part 1: General Equations and 

Uncertainty Guidelines (1990), IBR 

approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(2) American Gas Association Report 

No. 3: Orifice Metering for Natural Gas 

and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids, 

Part 2: Specification and Installation 

Requirements (2000), IBR approved for 

§ 60.107a(d). 

(3) American Gas Association Report 

No. 11: Measurement of Natural Gas by 

Coriolis Meter (2003), IBR approved for 

§ 60.107a(d). 

(4) American Gas Association 

Transmission Measurement Committee 

Report No. 7: Measurement of Gas by 

Turbine Meters (Revised February 

2006), IBR approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(c) American Hospital Association 

(AHA) Service, Inc., Post Office Box 

92683, Chicago, Illinois 60675–2683. 

You may inspect a copy at the EPA’s Air 

and Radiation Docket and Information 

Center (Docket A–91–61, Item IV–J– 

124), Room M–1500, 1200 Pennsylvania 

Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460. 

(1) An Ounce of Prevention: Waste 

Reduction Strategies for Health Care 

Facilities. American Society for Health 

Care Environmental Services of the 

American Hospital Association. 

Chicago, Illinois. 1993. AHA Catalog 

No. 057007. ISBN 0–87258–673–5. IBR 

approved for §§ 60.35e and 60.55c. 

(2) [Reserved] 

(d) American Petroleum Institute 

(API), 1220 L Street NW., Washington, 

DC 20005. 

(1) API Publication 2517, Evaporation 

Loss from External Floating Roof Tanks, 

Second Edition, February 1980, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.111(i), 60.111a(f), 

and 60.116b(e). 

(2) API Manual of Petroleum 

Measurement Standards, Chapter 22— 

Testing Protocol, Section 2—Differential 

Pressure Flow Measurement Devices, 

First Edition, August 2005, IBR 

approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(e) American Public Health 

Association, 1015 18th Street NW., 

Washington, DC 20036. 

(1) ‘‘Standard Methods for the 

Examination of Water and Wastewater,’’ 

16th edition, 1985. Method 303F: 

‘‘Determination of Mercury by the Cold 

Vapor Technique.’’ Incorporated by 

reference for appendix A–8 to part 60, 

Method 29, §§ 9.2.3, 10.3, and 11.1.3. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11243 

(2) 2540 G. Total, Fixed, and Volatile 

Solids in Solid and Semisolid Samples, 

in Standard Methods for the 

Examination of Water and Wastewater, 

20th Edition, 1998, IBR approved for 

§ 60.154(b). 

(f) American Society of Mechanical 

Engineers (ASME), Three Park Avenue, 

New York, NY 10016–5990, Telephone 

(800) 843–2763, http://www.asme.org. 

(1) ASME Interim Supplement 19.5 on 

Instruments and Apparatus: 

Application, Part II of Fluid Meters, 6th 

Edition (1971), IBR approved for 

§§ 60.58a(h), 60.58b(i), 60.1320(a), and 

60.1810(a). 

(2) ASME MFC–3M–2004, 

Measurement of Fluid Flow in Pipes 

Using Orifice, Nozzle, and Venturi, IBR 

approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(3) ASME/ANSI MFC–4M–1986 

(Reaffirmed 2008), Measurement of Gas 

Flow by Turbine Meters, IBR approved 

for § 60.107a(d). 

(4) ASME/ANSI MFC–5M–1985 

(Reaffirmed 2006), Measurement of 

Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits Using 

Transit-Time Ultrasonic Flowmeters, 

IBR approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(5) ASME MFC–6M–1998 (Reaffirmed 

2005), Measurement of Fluid Flow in 

Pipes Using Vortex Flowmeters, IBR 

approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(6) ASME/ANSI MFC–7M–1987 

(Reaffirmed 2006), Measurement of Gas 

Flow by Means of Critical Flow Venturi 

Nozzles, IBR approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(7) ASME/ANSI MFC–9M–1988 

(Reaffirmed 2006), Measurement of 

Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits by 

Weighing Method, IBR approved for 

§ 60.107a(d). 

(8) ASME MFC–11M–2006, 

Measurement of Fluid Flow by Means of 

Coriolis Mass Flowmeters, IBR 

approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(9) ASME MFC–14M–2003, 

Measurement of Fluid Flow Using Small 

Bore Precision Orifice Meters, IBR 

approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(10) ASME MFC–16–2007, 

Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed 

Conduits with Electromagnetic 

Flowmeters, IBR approved for 

§ 60.107a(d). 

(11) ASME MFC–18M–2001, 

Measurement of Fluid Flow Using 

Variable Area Meters, IBR approved for 

§ 60.107a(d). 

(12) ASME MFC–22–2007, 

Measurement of Liquid by Turbine 

Flowmeters, IBR approved for 

§ 60.107a(d). 

(13) ASME PTC 4.1–1964 (Reaffirmed 

1991), Power Test Codes: Test Code for 

Steam Generating Units (with 1968 and 

1969 Addenda), IBR approved for 

§§ 60.46b, 60.58a(h), 60.58b(i), 

60.1320(a), and 60.1810(a). 

(14) ASME/ANSI PTC 19.10–1981, 

Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses [Part 10, 

Instruments and Apparatus], (Issued 

August 31, 1981), IBR approved for 

§§ 60.56c(b), 60.63(f), 60.106(e), 

60.104a(d), (h), (i), and (j), 60.105a(d), 

(f), and (g), § 60.106a(a), § 60.107a(a), 

(c), and (d), tables 1 and 3 to subpart 

EEEE, tables 2 and 4 to subpart FFFF, 

table 2 to subpart JJJJ, §§ 60.4415(a), 

60.2145(s) and (t), 60.2710(s), (t), and 

(w), 60.2730(q), 60.4900(b), 60.5220(b), 

tables 1 and 2 to subpart LLLL, tables 2 

and 3 to subpart MMMM, §§ 60.5406(c) 

and 60.5413(b). 

(15) ASME QRO–1–1994, Standard for 

the Qualification and Certification of 

Resource Recovery Facility Operators, 

IBR approved for §§ 60.54b(a) and (b), 

60.56a, 60.1185(a) and (c), and 

60.1675(a) and (c). 

(g) American Society for Testing and 

Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor 

Drive, Post Office Box C700, West 

Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959; also 

available through ProQuest, 300 North 

Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106. 

(1) ASTM A99–76, Standard 

Specification for Ferromanganese, IBR 

approved for § 60.261. 

(2) ASTM A99–82 (Reapproved 1987), 

Standard Specification for 

Ferromanganese, IBR approved for 

§ 60.261. 

(3) ASTM A100–69, Standard 

Specification for Ferrosilicon, IBR 

approved for § 60.261. 

(4) ASTM A100–74, Standard 

Specification for Ferrosilicon, IBR 

approved for § 60.261. 

(5) ASTM A100–93, Standard 

Specification for Ferrosilicon, IBR 

approved for § 60.261. 

(6) ASTM A101–73, Standard 

Specification for Ferrochromium, IBR 

approved for § 60.261. 

(7) ASTM A101–93, Standard 

Specification for Ferrochromium, IBR 

approved for § 60.261. 

(8) ASTM A482–76, Standard 

Specification for Ferrochromesilicon, 

IBR approved for § 60.261. 

(9) ASTM A482–93, Standard 

Specification for Ferrochromesilicon, 

IBR approved for § 60.261. 

(10) ASTM A483–64, Standard 

Specification for Silicomanganese, IBR 

approved for § 60.261. 

(11) ASTM A483–74 (Reapproved 

1988), Standard Specification for 

Silicomanganese, IBR approved for 

§ 60.261. 

(12) ASTM A495–76, Standard 

Specification for Calcium-Silicon and 

Calcium Manganese-Silicon, IBR 

approved for § 60.261. 

(13) ASTM A495–94, Standard 

Specification for Calcium-Silicon and 

Calcium Manganese-Silicon, IBR 

approved for § 60.261. 

(14) ASTM D86–78, Distillation of 

Petroleum Products, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.562–2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 

60.633(h). 

(15) ASTM D86–82, Distillation of 

Petroleum Products, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.562–2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 

60.633(h). 

(16) ASTM D86–90, Distillation of 

Petroleum Products, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.562–2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 

60.633(h). 

(17) ASTM D86–93, Distillation of 

Petroleum Products, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.562–2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 

60.633(h). 

(18) ASTM D86–95, Distillation of 

Petroleum Products, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.562–2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 

60.633(h). 

(19) ASTM D86–96, Distillation of 

Petroleum Products, (Approved April 

10, 1996), IBR approved for §§ 60.562– 

2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h), 

and 60.5401(f). 

(20) ASTM D129–64, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (General Bomb Method), IBR 

approved for §§ 60.106(j) and appendix 

A–7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.2.3. 

(21) ASTM D129–78, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (General Bomb Method), IBR 

approved for §§ 60.106(j) and appendix 

A–7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.2.3. 

(22) ASTM D129–95, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (General Bomb Method), IBR 

approved for §§ 60.106(j) and appendix 

A–7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.2.3. 

(23) ASTM D129–00, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (General Bomb Method), IBR 

approved for § 60.335(b). 

(24) ASTM D129–00 (Reapproved 

2005), Standard Test Method for Sulfur 

in Petroleum Products (General Bomb 

Method), IBR approved for § 60.4415(a). 

(25) ASTM D240–76, Standard Test 

Method for Heat of Combustion of 

Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 

Calorimeter, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.46(c), 60.296(b), and appendix A– 

7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.2.3. 

(26) ASTM D240–92, Standard Test 

Method for Heat of Combustion of 

Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 

Calorimeter, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.46(c), 60.296(b), and appendix A– 

7: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3. 

(27) ASTM D240–02 (Reapproved 

2007), Standard Test Method for Heat of 

Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11244 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, (Approved 

May 1, 2007), IBR approved for 

§ 60.107a(d). 

(28) ASTM D270–65, Standard 

Method of Sampling Petroleum and 

Petroleum Products, IBR approved for 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.2.1. 

(29) ASTM D270–75, Standard 

Method of Sampling Petroleum and 

Petroleum Products, IBR approved for 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.2.1. 

(30) ASTM D323–82, Test Method for 

Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products 

(Reid Method), IBR approved for 

§§ 60.111(l), 60.111a(g), 60.111b, and 

60.116b(f). 

(31) ASTM D323–94, Test Method for 

Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products 

(Reid Method), IBR approved for 

§§ 60.111(l), 60.111a(g), 60.111b, and 

60.116b(f). 

(32) ASTM D388–77, Standard 

Specification for Classification of Coals 

by Rank, IBR approved for §§ 60.41, 

60.45(f), 60.41Da, 60.41b, 60.41c, and 

60.251. 

(33) ASTM D388–90, Standard 

Specification for Classification of Coals 

by Rank, IBR approved for §§ 60.41, 

60.45(f), 60.41Da, 60.41b, 60.41c, and 

60.251. 

(34) ASTM D388–91, Standard 

Specification for Classification of Coals 

by Rank, IBR approved for §§ 60.41, 

60.45(f), 60.41Da, 60.41b, 60.41c, and 

60.251. 

(35) ASTM D388–95, Standard 

Specification for Classification of Coals 

by Rank, IBR approved for §§ 60.41, 

60.45(f), 60.41Da, 60.41b, 60.41c, and 

60.251. 

(36) ASTM D388–98a, Standard 

Specification for Classification of Coals 

by Rank, IBR approved for §§ 60.41, 

60.45(f), 60.41Da, 60.41b, 60.41c, and 

60.251. 

(37) ASTM D388–99 (Reapproved 

2004) e,1 Standard Specification for 

Classification of Coals by Rank, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da, 

60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251. 

(38) ASTM D396–78, Standard 

Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.41b, 60.41c, 

60.111(b), and 60.111a(b). 

(39) ASTM D396–89, Standard 

Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.41b, 60.41c, 

60.111(b), and 60.111a(b). 

(40) ASTM D396–90, Standard 

Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.41b, 60.41c, 

60.111(b), and 60.111a(b). 

(41) ASTM D396–92, Standard 

Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.41b, 60.41c, 

60.111(b), and 60.111a(b). 

(42) ASTM D396–98, Standard 

Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.41b, 60.41c, 

60.111(b), and 60.111a(b). 

(43) ASTM D975–78, Standard 

Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.111(b) and 

60.111a(b). 

(44) ASTM D975–96, Standard 

Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.111(b) and 

60.111a(b). 

(45) ASTM D975–98a, Standard 

Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.111(b) and 

60.111a(b). 

(46) ASTM D975–08a, Standard 

Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.41b and 60.41c. 

(47) ASTM D1072–80, Standard Test 

Method for Total Sulfur in Fuel Gases, 

IBR approved for § 60.335(b). 

(48) ASTM D1072–90 (Reapproved 

1994), Standard Test Method for Total 

Sulfur in Fuel Gases, IBR approved for 

§ 60.335(b). 

(49) ASTM D1072–90 (Reapproved 

1999), Standard Test Method for Total 

Sulfur in Fuel Gases, IBR approved for 

§ 60.4415(a). 

(50) ASTM D1137–53, Standard 

Method for Analysis of Natural Gases 

and Related Types of Gaseous Mixtures 

by the Mass Spectrometer, IBR approved 

for § 60.45(f). 

(51) ASTM D1137–75, Standard 

Method for Analysis of Natural Gases 

and Related Types of Gaseous Mixtures 

by the Mass Spectrometer, IBR approved 

for § 60.45(f). 

(52) ASTM D1193–77, Standard 

Specification for Reagent Water, IBR 

approved for appendix A–3 to part 60: 

Method 5, Section 7.1.3; Method 5E, 

Section 7.2.1; Method 5F, Section 7.2.1; 

appendix A–4 to part 60: Method 6, 

Section 7.1.1; Method 7, Section 7.1.1; 

Method 7C, Section 7.1.1; Method 7D, 

Section 7.1.1; Method 10A, Section 

7.1.1; appendix A–5 to part 60: Method 

11, Section 7.1.3; Method 12, Section 

7.1.3; Method 13A, Section 7.1.2; 

appendix A–8 to part 60: Method 26, 

Section 7.1.2; Method 26A, Section 

7.1.2; and Method 29, Section 7.2.2. 

(53) ASTM D1193–91, Standard 

Specification for Reagent Water, IBR 

approved for appendix A–3 to part 60: 

Method 5, Section 7.1.3; Method 5E, 

Section 7.2.1; Method 5F, Section 7.2.1; 

appendix A–4 to part 60: Method 6, 

Section 7.1.1; Method 7, Section 7.1.1; 

Method 7C, Section 7.1.1; Method 7D, 

Section 7.1.1; Method 10A, Section 

7.1.1; appendix A–5 to part 60: Method 

11, Section 7.1.3; Method 12, Section 

7.1.3; Method 13A, Section 7.1.2; 

appendix A–8 to part 60: Method 26, 

Section 7.1.2; Method 26A, Section 

7.1.2; and Method 29, Section 7.2.2. 

(54) ASTM D1266–87, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (Lamp Method), IBR approved 

for §§ 60.106(j) and 60.335(b). 

(55) ASTM D1266–91, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (Lamp Method), IBR approved 

for §§ 60.106(j) and 60.335(b). 

(56) ASTM D1266–98, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (Lamp Method), IBR approved 

for §§ 60.106(j) and 60.335(b). 

(57) ASTM D1266–98 (Reapproved 

2003) e,1 Standard Test Method for 

Sulfur in Petroleum Products (Lamp 

Method), IBR approved for § 60.4415(a). 

(58) ASTM D1475–60 (Reapproved 

1980), Standard Test Method for Density 

of Paint, Varnish Lacquer, and Related 

Products, IBR approved for § 60.435(d), 

appendix A–8 to part 60: Method 24, 

Section 6.1; and Method 24A, Sections 

6.5 and 7.1. 

(59) ASTM D1475–90, Standard Test 

Method for Density of Paint, Varnish 

Lacquer, and Related Products, IBR 

approved for § 60.435(d), appendix A–8 

to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.1; and 

Method 24A, §§ 6.5 and 7.1. 

(60) ASTM D1552–83, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (High-Temperature Method), 

IBR approved for §§ 60.106(j), 60.335(b), 

and appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 

19, Section 12.5.2.2.3. 

(61) ASTM D1552–95, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (High-Temperature Method), 

IBR approved for §§ 60.106(j), 60.335(b), 

and appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 

19, Section 12.5.2.2.3. 

(62) ASTM D1552–01, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (High-Temperature Method), 

IBR approved for §§ 60.106(j), 60.335(b), 

and appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 

19, Section 12.5.2.2.3. 

(63) ASTM D1552–03, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products (High-Temperature Method), 

IBR approved for § 60.4415(a). 

(64) ASTM D1826–77, Standard Test 

Method for Calorific Value of Gases in 

Natural Gas Range by Continuous 

Recording Calorimeter, IBR approved 

for §§ 60.45(f), 60.46(c), 60.296(b), and 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.3.2.4. 

(65) ASTM D1826–94, Standard Test 

Method for Calorific Value of Gases in 

Natural Gas Range by Continuous 

Recording Calorimeter, IBR approved 

for §§ 60.45(f), 60.46(c), 60.296(b), and 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.3.2.4. 

(66) ASTM D1826–94 (Reapproved 

2003), Standard Test Method for 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11245 

Calorific (Heating) Value of Gases in 

Natural Gas Range by Continuous 

Recording Calorimeter, (Approved May 

10, 2003), IBR approved for 

§ 60.107a(d). 

(67) ASTM D1835–87, Standard 

Specification for Liquefied Petroleum 

(LP) Gases, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c. 

(68) ASTM D1835–91, Standard 

Specification for Liquefied Petroleum 

(LP) Gases, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c. 

(69) ASTM D1835–97, Standard 

Specification for Liquefied Petroleum 

(LP) Gases, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c. 

(70) ASTM D1835–03a, Standard 

Specification for Liquefied Petroleum 

(LP) Gases, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c. 

(71) ASTM D1945–64, Standard 

Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by 

Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§ 60.45(f). 

(72) ASTM D1945–76, Standard 

Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by 

Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§ 60.45(f). 

(73) ASTM D1945–91, Standard 

Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by 

Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§ 60.45(f). 

(74) ASTM D1945–96, Standard 

Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by 

Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§ 60.45(f). 

(75) ASTM D1945–03 (Reapproved 

2010), Standard Method for Analysis of 

Natural Gas by Gas Chromatography, 

(Approved January 1, 2010), IBR 

approved for §§ 60.107a(d) and 

60.5413(d). 

(76) ASTM D1946–77, Standard 

Method for Analysis of Reformed Gas by 

Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.18(f), 60.45(f), 60.564(f), 60.614(e), 

60.664(e), and 60.704(d). 

(77) ASTM D1946–90 (Reapproved 

1994), Standard Method for Analysis of 

Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography, 

IBR approved for §§ 60.18(f), 60.45(f), 

60.564(f), 60.614(e), 60.664(e), and 

60.704(d). 

(78) ASTM D1946–90 (Reapproved 

2006), Standard Method for Analysis of 

Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography, 

(Approved June 1, 2006), IBR approved 

for § 60.107a(d). 

(79) ASTM D2013–72, Standard 

Method of Preparing Coal Samples for 

Analysis, IBR approved for appendix A– 

7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.1.3. 

(80) ASTM D2013–86, Standard 

Method of Preparing Coal Samples for 

Analysis, IBR approved for appendix A– 

7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.1.3. 

(81) ASTM D2015–77 (Reapproved 

1978), Standard Test Method for Gross 

Calorific Value of Solid Fuel by the 

Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.45(f), 60.46(c), and 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.1.3. 

(82) ASTM D2015–96, Standard Test 

Method for Gross Calorific Value of 

Solid Fuel by the Adiabatic Bomb 

Calorimeter, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.45(f), 60.46(c), and appendix A–7 

to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.1.3. 

(83) ASTM D2016–74, Standard Test 

Methods for Moisture Content of Wood, 

IBR approved for appendix A–8 to part 

60: Method 28, Section 16.1.1. 

(84) ASTM D2016–83, Standard Test 

Methods for Moisture Content of Wood, 

IBR approved for appendix A–8 to part 

60: Method 28, Section 16.1.1. 

(85) ASTM D2234–76, Standard 

Methods for Collection of a Gross 

Sample of Coal, IBR approved for 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.1.1. 

(86) ASTM D2234–96, Standard 

Methods for Collection of a Gross 

Sample of Coal, IBR approved for 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.1.1. 

(87) ASTM D2234–97b, Standard 

Methods for Collection of a Gross 

Sample of Coal, IBR approved for 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.1.1. 

(88) ASTM D2234–98, Standard 

Methods for Collection of a Gross 

Sample of Coal, IBR approved for 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.1.1. 

(89) ASTM D2369–81, Standard Test 

Method for Volatile Content of Coatings, 

IBR approved for appendix A–8 to part 

60: Method 24, Section 6.2. 

(90) ASTM D2369–87, Standard Test 

Method for Volatile Content of Coatings, 

IBR approved for appendix A–8 to part 

60: Method 24, Section 6.2. 

(91) ASTM D2369–90, Standard Test 

Method for Volatile Content of Coatings, 

IBR approved for appendix A–8 to part 

60: Method 24, Section 6.2. 

(92) ASTM D2369–92, Standard Test 

Method for Volatile Content of Coatings, 

IBR approved for appendix A–8 to part 

60: Method 24, Section 6.2. 

(93) ASTM D2369–93, Standard Test 

Method for Volatile Content of Coatings, 

IBR approved for appendix A–8 to part 

60: Method 24, Section 6.2. 

(94) ASTM D2369–95, Standard Test 

Method for Volatile Content of Coatings, 

IBR approved for appendix A–8 to part 

60: Method 24, Section 6.2. 

(95) ASTM D2382–76, Heat of 

Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by 

Bomb Calorimeter (High-Precision 

Method), IBR approved for §§ 60.18(f), 

60.485(g), 60.485a(g), 60.564(f), 

60.614(e), 60.664(e), and 60.704(d). 

(96) ASTM D2382–88, Heat of 

Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by 

Bomb Calorimeter (High-Precision 

Method), IBR approved for §§ 60.18(f), 

60.485(g), 60.485a(g), 60.564(f), 

60.614(e), 60.664(e), and 60.704(d). 

(97) ASTM D2504–67, 

Noncondensable Gases in C3 and 

Lighter Hydrocarbon Products by Gas 

Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.485(g) and 60.485a(g). 

(98) ASTM D2504–77, 

Noncondensable Gases in C3 and 

Lighter Hydrocarbon Products by Gas 

Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.485(g) and 60.485a(g). 

(99) ASTM D2504–88 (Reapproved 

1993), Noncondensable Gases in C3 and 

Lighter Hydrocarbon Products by Gas 

Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.485(g) and 60.485a(g). 

(100) ASTM D2584–68(Reapproved 

1985), Standard Test Method for 

Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced 

Resins, IBR approved for § 60.685(c). 

(101) ASTM D2584–94, Standard Test 

Method for Ignition Loss of Cured 

Reinforced Resins, IBR approved for 

§ 60.685(c). 

(102) ASTM D2597–94 (Reapproved 

1999), Standard Test Method for 

Analysis of Demethanized Hydrocarbon 

Liquid Mixtures Containing Nitrogen 

and Carbon Dioxide by Gas 

Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§ 60.335(b). 

(103) ASTM D2622–87, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products by Wavelength Dispersive XRay Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.106(j) and 60.335(b). 

(104) ASTM D2622–94, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products by Wavelength Dispersive XRay Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.106(j) and 60.335(b). 

(105) ASTM D2622–98, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products by Wavelength Dispersive XRay Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.106(j) and 60.335(b). 

(106) ASTM D2622–05, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 

Products by Wavelength Dispersive XRay Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR 

approved for § 60.4415(a). 

(107) ASTM D2879–83Test Method 

for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 

Relationship and Initial Decomposition 

Temperature of Liquids by Isoteniscope, 

IBR approved for §§ 60.111b(f)(3), 

60.116b(e), 60.116b(f), 60.485(e), and 

60.485a(e). 

(108) ASTM D2879–96, Test Method 

for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 

Relationship and Initial Decomposition 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11246 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

Temperature of Liquids by Isoteniscope, 

IBR approved for §§ 60.111b(f)(3), 

60.116b(e), 60.116b(f), 60.485(e), and 

60.485a(e). 

(109) ASTM D2879–97, Test Method 

for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 

Relationship and Initial Decomposition 

Temperature of Liquids by Isoteniscope, 

IBR approved for §§ 60.111b(f)(3), 

60.116b(e), 60.116b(f), 60.485(e), and 

60.485a(e). 

(110) ASTM D2880–78, Standard 

Specification for Gas Turbine Fuel Oils, 

IBR approved for §§ 60.111(b), 

60.111a(b), and 60.335(d). 

(111) ASTM D2880–96, Standard 

Specification for Gas Turbine Fuel Oils, 

IBR approved for §§ 60.111(b), 

60.111a(b), and 60.335(d). 

(112) ASTM D2908–74, Standard 

Practice for Measuring Volatile Organic 

Matter in Water by Aqueous-Injection 

Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§ 60.564(j). 

(113) ASTM D2908–91, Standard 

Practice for Measuring Volatile Organic 

Matter in Water by Aqueous-Injection 

Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§ 60.564(j). 

(114) ASTM D2986–71, Standard 

Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay 

Media by the Monodisperse DOP 

(Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR 

approved for appendix A–3 to part 60: 

Method 5, Section 7.1.1; appendix A–5 

to part 60: Method 12, Section 7.1.1; and 

Method 13A, Section 7.1.1.2. 

(115) ASTM D2986–78, Standard 

Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay 

Media by the Monodisperse DOP 

(Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR 

approved for appendix A–3 to part 60: 

Method 5, Section 7.1.1; appendix A–5 

to part 60: Method 12, Section 7.1.1; and 

Method 13A, Section 7.1.1.2. 

(116) ASTM D2986–95a, Standard 

Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay 

Media by the Monodisperse DOP 

(Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR 

approved for appendix A–3 to part 60: 

Method 5, Section 7.1.1; appendix A–5 

to part 60: Method 12, Section 7.1.1; and 

Method 13A, Section 7.1.1.2. 

(117) ASTM D3173–73, Standard Test 

Method for Moisture in the Analysis 

Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved 

for appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.1.3. 

(118) ASTM D3173–87, Standard Test 

Method for Moisture in the Analysis 

Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved 

for appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.1.3. 

(119) ASTM D3176–74, Standard 

Method for Ultimate Analysis of Coal 

and Coke, IBR approved for 

§ 60.45(f)(5)(i) and appendix A–7 to part 

60: Method 19, Section 12.3.2.3. 

(120) ASTM D3176–89, Standard 

Method for Ultimate Analysis of Coal 

and Coke, IBR approved for 

§ 60.45(f)(5)(i) and appendix A–7 to part 

60: Method 19, Section 12.3.2.3. 

(121) ASTM D3177–75, Standard Test 

Method for Total Sulfur in the Analysis 

Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved 

for appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.1.3. 

(122) ASTM D3177–89, Standard Test 

Method for Total Sulfur in the Analysis 

Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved 

for appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 19, 

Section 12.5.2.1.3. 

(123) ASTM D3178–73 (Reapproved 

1979), Standard Test Methods for 

Carbon and Hydrogen in the Analysis 

Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved 

for § 60.45(f). 

(124) ASTM D3178–89, Standard Test 

Methods for Carbon and Hydrogen in 

the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, 

IBR approved for § 60.45(f). 

(125) ASTM D3246–81, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Gas by 

Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR 

approved for § 60.335(b). 

(126) ASTM D3246–92, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Gas by 

Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR 

approved for § 60.335(b). 

(127) ASTM D3246–96, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Gas by 

Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR 

approved for § 60.335(b). 

(128) ASTM D3246–05, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Gas by 

Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR 

approved for § 60.4415(a)(1). 

(129) ASTM D3270–73T, Standard 

Test Methods for Analysis for Fluoride 

Content of the Atmosphere and Plant 

Tissues (Semiautomated Method), IBR 

approved for appendix A–5 to part 60: 

Method 13A, Section 16.1. 

(130) ASTM D3270–80, Standard Test 

Methods for Analysis for Fluoride 

Content of the Atmosphere and Plant 

Tissues (Semiautomated Method), IBR 

approved for appendix A–5 to part 60: 

Method 13A, Section 16.1. 

(131) ASTM D3270–91, Standard Test 

Methods for Analysis for Fluoride 

Content of the Atmosphere and Plant 

Tissues (Semiautomated Method), IBR 

approved for appendix A–5 to part 60: 

Method 13A, Section 16.1. 

(132) ASTM D3270–95, Standard Test 

Methods for Analysis for Fluoride 

Content of the Atmosphere and Plant 

Tissues (Semiautomated Method), IBR 

approved for appendix A–5 to part 60: 

Method 13A, Section 16.1. 

(133) ASTM D3286–85, Standard Test 

Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal 

and Coke by the Isoperibol Bomb 

Calorimeter, IBR approved for appendix 

A–7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.1.3. 

(134) ASTM D3286–96, Standard Test 

Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal 

and Coke by the Isoperibol Bomb 

Calorimeter, IBR approved for appendix 

A–7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.1.3. 

(135) ASTM D3370–76, Standard 

Practices for Sampling Water, IBR 

approved for § 60.564(j). 

(136) ASTM D3370–95a, Standard 

Practices for Sampling Water, IBR 

approved for § 60.564(j). 

(137) ASTM D3588–98 (Reapproved 

2003), Standard Practice for Calculating 

Heat Value, Compressibility Factor, and 

Relative Density of Gaseous Fuels, 

(Approved May 10, 2003), IBR approved 

for §§ 60.107a(d) and 60.5413(d). 

(138) ASTM D3699–08, Standard 

Specification for Kerosine, including 

Appendix X1, (Approved September 1, 

2008), IBR approved for §§ 60.41b and 

60.41c. 

(139) ASTM D3792–79, Standard Test 

Method for Water Content of WaterReducible Paints by Direct Injection into 

a Gas Chromatograph, IBR approved for 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 24, 

Section 6.3. 

(140) ASTM D3792–91, Standard Test 

Method for Water Content of WaterReducible Paints by Direct Injection into 

a Gas Chromatograph, IBR approved for 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 24, 

Section 6.3. 

(141) ASTM D4017–81, Standard Test 

Method for Water in Paints and Paint 

Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration 

Method, IBR approved for appendix A– 

7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.4. 

(142) ASTM D4017–90, Standard Test 

Method for Water in Paints and Paint 

Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration 

Method, IBR approved for appendix A– 

7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.4. 

(143) ASTM D4017–96a, Standard 

Test Method for Water in Paints and 

Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer 

Titration Method, IBR approved for 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 24, 

Section 6.4. 

(144) ASTM D4057–81, Standard 

Practice for Manual Sampling of 

Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR 

approved for appendix A–7 to part 60: 

Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3. 

(145) ASTM D4057–95, Standard 

Practice for Manual Sampling of 

Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR 

approved for appendix A–7 to part 60: 

Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3. 

(146) ASTM D4057–95 (Reapproved 

2000), Standard Practice for Manual 

Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum 

Products, IBR approved for § 60.4415(a). 

(147) ASTM D4084–82, Standard Test 

Method for Analysis of Hydrogen 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11247 

Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate 

Reaction Rate Method), IBR approved 

for § 60.334(h). 

(148) ASTM D4084–94, Standard Test 

Method for Analysis of Hydrogen 

Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate 

Reaction Rate Method), IBR approved 

for § 60.334(h). 

(149) ASTM D4084–05, Standard Test 

Method for Analysis of Hydrogen 

Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate 

Reaction Rate Method), IBR approved 

for §§ 60.4360 and 60.4415(a). 

(150) ASTM D4177–95, Standard 

Practice for Automatic Sampling of 

Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR 

approved for appendix A–7 to part 60: 

Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.1. 

(151) ASTM D4177–95 (Reapproved 

2000), Standard Practice for Automatic 

Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum 

Products, IBR approved for § 60.4415(a). 

(152) ASTM D4239–85, Standard Test 

Methods for Sulfur in the Analysis 

Sample of Coal and Coke Using High 

Temperature Tube Furnace Combustion 

Methods, IBR approved for appendix A– 

7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.1.3. 

(153) ASTM D4239–94, Standard Test 

Methods for Sulfur in the Analysis 

Sample of Coal and Coke Using High 

Temperature Tube Furnace Combustion 

Methods, IBR approved for appendix A– 

7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.1.3. 

(154) ASTM D4239–97, Standard Test 

Methods for Sulfur in the Analysis 

Sample of Coal and Coke Using High 

Temperature Tube Furnace Combustion 

Methods, IBR approved for appendix A– 

7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 

12.5.2.1.3. 

(155) ASTM D4294–02, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum and 

Petroleum Products by EnergyDispersive X-Ray Fluorescence 

Spectrometry, IBR approved for 

§ 60.335(b). 

(156) ASTM D4294–03, Standard Test 

Method for Sulfur in Petroleum and 

Petroleum Products by EnergyDispersive X-Ray Fluorescence 

Spectrometry, IBR approved for 

§ 60.4415(a). 

(157) ASTM D4442–84, Standard Test 

Methods for Direct Moisture Content 

Measurement in Wood and Wood-base 

Materials, IBR approved for appendix 

A–8 to part 60: Method 28, Section 

16.1.1. 

(158) ASTM D4442–92, Standard Test 

Methods for Direct Moisture Content 

Measurement in Wood and Wood-base 

Materials, IBR approved for appendix 

A–8 to part 60: Method 28, Section 

16.1.1. 

(159) ASTM D4444–92, Standard Test 

Methods for Use and Calibration of 

Hand-Held Moisture Meters, IBR 

approved for appendix A–8 to part 60: 

Method 28, Section 16.1.1. 

(160) ASTM D4457–85 (Reapproved 

1991), Test Method for Determination of 

Dichloromethane and 1,1,1- 

Trichloroethane in Paints and Coatings 

by Direct Injection into a Gas 

Chromatograph, IBR approved for 

appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 24, 

Section 6.5. 

(161) ASTM D4468–85 (Reapproved 

2000), Standard Test Method for Total 

Sulfur in Gaseous Fuels by 

Hydrogenolysis and Rateometric 

Colorimetry, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.335(b) and 60.4415(a). 

(162) ASTM D4468–85 (Reapproved 

2006), Standard Test Method for Total 

Sulfur in Gaseous Fuels by 

Hydrogenolysis and Rateometric 

Colorimetry, (Approved June 1, 2006), 

IBR approved for § 60.107a(e). 

(163) ASTM D4629–02, Standard Test 

Method for Trace Nitrogen in Liquid 

Petroleum Hydrocarbons by Syringe/

Inlet Oxidative Combustion and 

Chemiluminescence Detection, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.49b(e) and 60.335(b). 

(164) ASTM D4809–95, Standard Test 

Method for Heat of Combustion of 

Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 

Calorimeter (Precision Method), IBR 

approved for §§ 60.18(f), 60.485(g), 

60.485a(g), 60.564(f), 60.614(d), 

60.664(e), and 60.704(d). 

(165) ASTM D4809–06, Standard Test 

Method for Heat of Combustion of 

Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 

Calorimeter (Precision Method), 

(Approved December 1, 2006), IBR 

approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(166) ASTM D4810–88 (Reapproved 

1999), Standard Test Method for 

Hydrogen Sulfide in Natural Gas Using 

Length of Stain Detector Tubes, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.4360 and 60.4415(a). 

(167) ASTM D4891–89 (Reapproved 

2006) Standard Test Method for Heating 

Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by 

Stoichiometric Combustion, (Approved 

June 1, 2006), IBR approved for 

§§ 60.107a(d) and 60.5413(d). 

(168) ASTM D5287–97 (Reapproved 

2002), Standard Practice for Automatic 

Sampling of Gaseous Fuels, IBR 

approved for § 60.4415(a). 

(169) ASTM D5403–93, Standard Test 

Methods for Volatile Content of 

Radiation Curable Materials, IBR 

approved for appendix A–7 to part 60: 

Method 24, Section 6.6. 

(170) ASTM D5453–00, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Total 

Sulfur in Light Hydrocarbons, Motor 

Fuels and Oils by Ultraviolet 

Fluorescence, IBR approved for 

§ 60.335(b). 

(171) ASTM D5453–05, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Total 

Sulfur in Light Hydrocarbons, Motor 

Fuels and Oils by Ultraviolet 

Fluorescence, IBR approved for 

§ 60.4415(a). 

(172) ASTM D5504–01, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Sulfur 

Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous 

Fuels by Gas Chromatography and 

Chemiluminescence, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.334(h) and 60.4360. 

(173) ASTM D5504–08, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Sulfur 

Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous 

Fuels by Gas Chromatography and 

Chemiluminescence, (Approved June 

15, 2008), IBR approved for 

§§ 60.107a(e) and 60.5413(d). 

(174) ASTM D5762–02, Standard Test 

Method for Nitrogen in Petroleum and 

Petroleum Products by Boat-Inlet 

Chemiluminescence, IBR approved for 

§ 60.335(b). 

(175) ASTM D5865–98, Standard Test 

Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal 

and Coke, IBR approved for §§ 60.45(f) 

and 60.46(c), and appendix A–7 to part 

60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3. 

(176) ASTM D5865–10, Standard Test 

Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal 

and Coke, (Approved January 1, 2010), 

IBR approved for §§ 60.45(f), 60.46(c), 

and appendix A–7 to part 60: Method 

19, section 12.5.2.1.3. 

(177) ASTM D6216–98, Standard 

Practice for Opacity Monitor 

Manufacturers to Certify Conformance 

with Design and Performance 

Specifications, IBR approved for 

appendix B to part 60: Performance 

Specification 1. 

(178) ASTM D6228–98, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Sulfur 

Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous 

Fuels by Gas Chromatography and 

Flame Photometric Detection, IBR 

approved for § 60.334(h). 

(179) ASTM D6228–98 (Reapproved 

2003), Standard Test Method for 

Determination of Sulfur Compounds in 

Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by Gas 

Chromatography and Flame Photometric 

Detection, IBR approved for §§ 60.4360 

and 60.4415. 

(180) ASTM D6348–03, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Gaseous 

Compounds by Extractive Direct 

Interface Fourier Transform Infrared 

(FTIR) Spectroscopy, (Approved 

October 1, 2003), IBR approved for 

§ 60.73a(b), table 7 to subpart IIII, and 

table 2 to subpart JJJJ. 

(181) ASTM D6366–99, Standard Test 

Method for Total Trace Nitrogen and Its 

Derivatives in Liquid Aromatic 

Hydrocarbons by Oxidative Combustion 

and Electrochemical Detection, IBR 

approved for § 60.335(b)(9). 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11248 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

(182) ASTM D6420–99 (Reapproved 

2004), Standard Test Method for 

Determination of Gaseous Organic 

Compounds by Direct Interface Gas 

Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry, 

(Approved October 1, 2004), IBR 

approved for § 60.107a(d) and table 2 to 

subpart JJJJ. 

(183) ASTM D6522–00, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Nitrogen 

Oxides, Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen 

Concentrations in Emissions from 

Natural Gas-Fired Reciprocating 

Engines, Combustion Turbines, Boilers, 

and Process Heaters Using Portable 

Analyzers, IBR approved for § 60.335(a). 

(184) ASTM D6522–00 (Reapproved 

2005), Standard Test Method for 

Determination of Nitrogen Oxides, 

Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen 

Concentrations in Emissions from 

Natural Gas-Fired Reciprocating 

Engines, Combustion Turbines, Boilers, 

and Process Heaters Using Portable 

Analyzers, (Approved October 1, 2005), 

IBR approved for table 2 to subpart JJJJ, 

and §§ 60.5413(b) and (d). 

(185) ASTM D6667–01, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Total 

Volatile Sulfur in Gaseous 

Hydrocarbons and Liquefied Petroleum 

Gases by Ultraviolet Fluorescence, IBR 

approved for § 60.335(b). 

(186) ASTM D6667–04, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Total 

Volatile Sulfur in Gaseous 

Hydrocarbons and Liquefied Petroleum 

Gases by Ultraviolet Fluorescence, IBR 

approved for § 60.4415(a). 

(187) ASTM D6751–11b, Standard 

Specification for Biodiesel Fuel Blend 

Stock (B100) for Middle Distillate Fuels, 

including Appendices X1 through X3, 

(Approved July 15, 2011), IBR approved 

for §§ 60.41b and 60.41c. 

(188) ASTM D6784–02, Standard Test 

Method for Elemental, Oxidized, 

Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in 

Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired 

Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro 

Method), IBR approved for § 60.56c(b) 

and appendix B to part 60: Performance 

Specification 12A, Section 8.6.2. 

(189) ASTM D6784–02 (Reapproved 

2008) Standard Test Method for 

Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound 

and Total Mercury in Flue Gas 

Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary 

Sources (Ontario Hydro Method), 

(Approved April 1, 2008), IBR approved 

for §§ 60.2165(j) and 60.2730(j), tables 1, 

5, 6 and 8 to subpart CCCC, and tables 

2, 6, 7, and 9 to subpart DDDD, 

§§ 60.4900(b), 60.5220(b), tables 1 and 2 

to subpart LLLL, and tables 2 and 3 to 

subpart MMMM. 

(190) ASTM D7467–10, Standard 

Specification for Diesel Fuel Oil, 

Biodiesel Blend (B6 to B20), including 

Appendices X1 through X3, (Approved 

August 1, 2010), IBR approved for 

§§ 60.41b and 60.41c. 

(191) ASTM E168–67, General 

Techniques of Infrared Quantitative 

Analysis, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 60.593a(b), and 

60.632(f). 

(192) ASTM E168–77, General 

Techniques of Infrared Quantitative 

Analysis, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 60.593a(b), and 

60.632(f). 

(193) ASTM E168–92, General 

Techniques of Infrared Quantitative 

Analysis, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.485a(d)(1), 60.593(b)(2), 

60.593a(b)(2), 60.632(f), and 60.5400. 

(194) ASTM E169–63, General 

Techniques of Ultraviolet Quantitative 

Analysis, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 60.593a(b), and 

60.632(f) . 

(195) ASTM E169–77, General 

Techniques of Ultraviolet Quantitative 

Analysis, IBR approved for 

§§ 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), and 60.593a(b), 

60.632(f). 

(196) ASTM E169–93, General 

Techniques of Ultraviolet Quantitative 

Analysis, (Approved May 15, 1993), IBR 

approved for §§ 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 

60.593a(b), 60.632(f), and 60.5400(f). 

(197) ASTM E260–73, General Gas 

Chromatography Procedures, IBR 

approved for §§ 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 

60.593a(b), and 60.632(f). 

(198) ASTM E260–91, General Gas 

Chromatography Procedures, (IBR 

approved for §§ 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 

60.593a(b), and 60.632(f). 

(199) ASTM E260–96, General Gas 

Chromatography Procedures, (Approved 

April 10, 1996), IBR approved for 

§§ 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 60.593a(b), 

60.632(f), 60.5400(f), and 60.5406(b). 

(200) ASTM E1584–11, Standard Test 

Method for Assay of Nitric Acid, 

(Approved August 1, 2011), IBR 

approved for § 60.73a(c). 

(201) ASTM UOP539–97, Refinery 

Gas Analysis by Gas Chromatography, 

(Copyright 1997), IBR approved for 

§ 60.107a(d). 

(h) Association of Official Analytical 

Chemists, 1111 North 19th Street, Suite 

210, Arlington, VA 22209. 

(1) AOAC Method 9, Official Methods 

of Analysis of the Association of Official 

Analytical Chemists (AOAC), 11th 

edition, 1970, pp. 11–12, IBR approved 

for §§ 60.204(b), 60.214(b), 60.224(b), 

and 60.234(b). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(i) U.S. Environmental Protection 

Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue 

NW., Washington, DC 20460, (202) 272– 

0167, http://www.epa.gov. 

(1) EPA–454/R–98–015, Office of Air 

Quality Planning and Standards 

(OAQPS) Fabric Filter Bag Leak 

Detection Guidance, September 1997, 

IBR approved for §§ 60.2145(r), 

60.2710(r), 60.4905(b), and 60.5225(b). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(j) The Gas Processors Association, 

6526 East 60th Street, Tulsa, OK 74145; 

also available through Information 

Handling Services, 15 Inverness Way 

East, PO Box 1154, Englewood, CO 

80150–1154. You may inspect a copy at 

the EPA’s Air and Radiation Docket and 

Information Center, Room 3334, 1301 

Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 

20460. 

(1) Gas Processors Association 

Standard 2172–09, Calculation of Gross 

Heating Value, Relative Density, 

Compressibility and Theoretical 

Hydrocarbon Liquid Content for Natural 

Gas Mixtures for Custody Transfer 

(2009), IBR approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(2) Gas Processors Association 

Standard 2261–00, Analysis for Natural 

Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures by 

Gas Chromatography (2000), IBR 

approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(3) Gas Processors Association 

Standard 2377–86, Test for Hydrogen 

Sulfide and Carbon Dioxide in Natural 

Gas Using Length of Stain Tubes, 1986 

Revision, IBR approved for §§ 60.105(b), 

60.107a(b), 60.334(h), 60.4360, and 

60.4415(a). 

(k) International Organization for 

Standardization (ISO) available through 

IHS Inc., 15 Inverness Way East, 

Englewood, CO 80112. 

(1) ISO 8178–4: 1996(E), 

Reciprocating Internal Combustion 

Engines—Exhaust Emission 

Measurement—part 4: Test Cycles for 

Different Engine Applications, IBR 

approved for § 60.4241(b). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(l) International Organization for 

Standardization (ISO), 1, ch. de la VoieCreuse, Case postale 56, CH–1211 

Geneva 20, Switzerland, +41 22 749 01 

11, http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm. 

(1) ISO 8316: Measurement of Liquid 

Flow in Closed Conduits—Method by 

Collection of the Liquid in a Volumetric 

Tank (1987–10–01)—First Edition, IBR 

approved for § 60.107a(d). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(m) This material is available for 

purchase from the National Technical 

Information Services (NTIS), 5285 Port 

Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. 

You may inspect a copy at the EPA’s Air 

and Radiation Docket and Information 

Center (Docket A–91–61, Item IV–J– 

125), Room M–1500, 1200 Pennsylvania 

Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460. 

(1) OMB Bulletin No. 93–17: Revised 

Statistical Definitions for Metropolitan 

Areas. Office of Management and 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11249 

Budget, June 30, 1993. NTIS No. PB 93– 

192–664. IBR approved for § 60.31e. 

(2) [Reserved] 

(n) North American Electric 

Reliability Corporation, 1325 G Street 

NW., Suite 600, Washington, DC 20005– 

3801, http://www.nerc.com. 

(1) North American Electric 

Reliability Corporation Reliability 

Standard EOP–002–3, Capacity and 

Energy Emergencies, updated November 

19, 2012, IBR approved for §§ 60.4211(f) 

and 60.4243(d). Also available online: 

http://www.nerc.com/files/EOP-002-3_

1.pdf. 

(2) [Reserved] 

(o) Technical Association of the Pulp 

and Paper Industry (TAPPI), Dunwoody 

Park, Atlanta, GA 30341. 

(1) TAPPI Method T624 os–68, IBR 

approved for § 60.285(d). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(p) Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. 

(UL), 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, 

IL 60062. 

(1) UL 103, Sixth Edition revised as of 

September 3, 1986, Standard for 

Chimneys, Factory-built, Residential 

Type and Building Heating Appliance, 

IBR approved for Appendix A–8 to part 

60. 

(2) [Reserved] 

(q) Water Pollution Control 

Federation (WPCF), 2626 Pennsylvania 

Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20037. 

(1) Method 209A, Total Residue Dried 

at 103–105 °C, in Standard Methods for 

the Examination of Water and 

Wastewater, 15th Edition, 1980, IBR 

approved for § 60.683(b). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(r) West Coast Lumber Inspection 

Bureau, 6980 SW. Barnes Road, 

Portland, OR 97223. 

(1) West Coast Lumber Standard 

Grading Rules No. 16, pages 5–21, 90 

and 91, September 3, 1970, revised 

1984, IBR approved for Appendix A–8 

to part 60. 

(2) [Reserved] 

Subpart Db—[Amended] 

■ 7. Amend § 60.46b by revising 

paragraphs (f)(1)(ii) and (h)(1) and (h)(2) 

to read as follows: 

§ 60.46b Compliance and performance test 

methods and procedures for particulate 

matter and nitrogen oxides. 

* * * * * 

(f) * * * 

(1) * * * 

(ii) Method 7E of appendix A of this 

part or Method 320 of appendix A of 

part 63 shall be used to determine the 

NOX concentrations. Method 3A or 3B 

of appendix A of this part shall be used 

to determine O2 concentration. 

* * * * * 

(h) * * * 

(1) Conduct an initial performance 

test as required under § 60.8 over a 

minimum of 24 consecutive steam 

generating unit operating hours at 

maximum heat input capacity to 

demonstrate compliance with the NOX

emission standards under § 60.44b using 

Method 7, 7A, or 7E of appendix A of 

this part, Method 320 of appendix A of 

part 63 of this chapter, or other 

approved reference methods; and 

(2) Conduct subsequent performance 

tests once per calendar year or every 400 

hours of operation (whichever comes 

first) to demonstrate compliance with 

the NOX emission standards under 

§ 60.44b over a minimum of 3 

consecutive steam generating unit 

operating hours at maximum heat input 

capacity using Method 7, 7A, or 7E of 

appendix A of this part, Method 320 of 

appendix A of part 63, or other 

approved reference methods. 

* * * * * 

■ 8. Amend § 60.47b by revising 

paragraph (b)(2) to read as follows: 

§ 60.47b Emission monitoring for sulfur 

dioxide. 

* * * * * 

(b) * * * 

(2) Measuring SO2 according to 

Method 6B of appendix A of this part 

at the inlet or outlet to the SO2 control 

system. An initial stratification test is 

required to verify the adequacy of the 

sampling location for Method 6B of 

appendix A of this part. The 

stratification test shall consist of three 

paired runs of a suitable SO2 and CO2

measurement train operated at the 

candidate location and a second similar 

train operated according to the 

procedures in Section 3.2 and the 

applicable procedures in Section 7 of 

Performance Specification 2. Method 6B 

of appendix A of this part, Method 6A 

of appendix A of this part, or a 

combination of Methods 6 and 3 or 3B 

of appendix A of this part or Methods 

6C or Method 320 of appendix A of part 

63 of this chapter and 3A of appendix 

A of this part are suitable measurement 

techniques. If Method 6B of appendix A 

of this part is used for the second train, 

sampling time and timer operation may 

be adjusted for the stratification test as 

long as an adequate sample volume is 

collected; however, both sampling trains 

are to be operated similarly. For the 

location to be adequate for Method 6B 

of appendix A of this part, 24-hour tests, 

the mean of the absolute difference 

between the three paired runs must be 

less than 10 percent. 

* * * * * 

Subpart Ec—[Amended] 

■ 9. Amend § 60.51c by revising the 

definition of ‘‘Medical/infectious waste’’ 

to read as follows: 

§ 60.51c Definitions. 

* * * * * 

Medical/infectious waste means any 

waste generated in the diagnosis, 

treatment, or immunization of human 

beings or animals, in research pertaining 

thereto, or in the production or testing 

of biologicals that are listed in 

paragraphs (1) through (7) of this 

definition. The definition of medical/

infectious waste does not include 

hazardous waste identified or listed 

under the regulations in part 261 of this 

chapter; household waste, as defined in 

§ 261.4(b)(1) of this chapter; ash from 

incineration of medical/infectious 

waste, once the incineration process has 

been completed; human corpses, 

remains, and anatomical parts that are 

intended for interment or cremation; 

and domestic sewage materials 

identified in § 261.4(a)(1) of this 

chapter. 

(1) Cultures and stocks of infectious 

agents and associated biologicals, 

including: Cultures from medical and 

pathological laboratories; cultures and 

stocks of infectious agents from research 

and industrial laboratories; wastes from 

the production of biologicals; discarded 

live and attenuated vaccines; and 

culture dishes and devices used to 

transfer, inoculate, and mix cultures. 

(2) Human pathological waste, 

including tissues, organs, and body 

parts and body fluids that are removed 

during surgery or autopsy, or other 

medical procedures, and specimens of 

body fluids and their containers. 

(3) Human blood and blood products 

including: 

(i) Liquid waste human blood; 

(ii) Products of blood; 

(iii) Items saturated and/or dripping 

with human blood; or 

(iv) Items that were saturated and/or 

dripping with human blood that are 

now caked with dried human blood; 

including serum, plasma, and other 

blood components, and their containers, 

which were used or intended for use in 

either patient care, testing and 

laboratory analysis or the development 

of pharmaceuticals. Intravenous bags are 

also included in this category. 

(4) Sharps that have been used in 

animal or human patient care or 

treatment or in medical, research, or 

industrial laboratories, including 

hypodermic needles, syringes (with or 

without the attached needle), pasteur 

pipettes, scalpel blades, blood vials, 

needles with attached tubing, and 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11250 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

culture dishes (regardless of presence of 

infectious agents). Also included are 

other types of broken or unbroken 

glassware that were in contact with 

infectious agents, such as used slides 

and cover slips. 

(5) Animal waste including 

contaminated animal carcasses, body 

parts, and bedding of animals that were 

known to have been exposed to 

infectious agents during research 

(including research in veterinary 

hospitals), production of biologicals or 

testing of pharmaceuticals. 

(6) Isolation wastes including 

biological waste and discarded materials 

contaminated with blood, excretions, 

exudates, or secretions from humans 

who are isolated to protect others from 

certain highly communicable diseases, 

or isolated animals known to be infected 

with highly communicable diseases. 

(7) Unused sharps including the 

following unused, discarded sharps: 

hypodermic needles, suture needles, 

syringes, and scalpel blades. 

* * * * * 

Subpart H—[Amended] 

■ 10. Amend § 60.84 by revising the 

equation in paragraph (d) to read as 

follows: 

§ 60.84 Emission monitoring. 

* * * * * 

(d) * * * 

Es = (Cs S)/[0.265 ¥ (0.0126 %O2) ¥ (A 

%CO2)] 

* * * * * 

Subpart O—[Amended] 

■ 11. Amend § 60.154 by revising the 

introductory text to paragraph (b)(5) to 

read as follows: 

§ 60.154 Test methods and procedures. 

* * * * * 

(b) * * * 

(5) Samples of the sludge charged to 

the incinerator shall be collected in 

nonporous jars at the beginning of each 

run and at approximately 1-hour 

intervals thereafter until the test ends; 

and ‘‘2540 G. Total, Fixed, and Volatile 

Solids in Solid and Semisolid Samples, 

in Standard Methods for the 

Examination of Water and Wastewater, 

20th Edition, 1998’’ (incorporated by 

reference—see § 60.17) shall be used to 

determine dry sludge content of each 

sample (total solids residue), except 

that: 

* * * * * 

Subpart BB—[Amended] 

■ 12. Amend § 60.284 by revising the 

equation in paragraph (c)(3) to read as 

follows: 

§ 60.284 Monitoring of emissions and 

operations. 

* * * * * 

(c) * * * 

(3) * * * 

Ccorr = C meas × (21¥ X)/(21¥ Y) 

* * * 

* * * * * 

Subpart GG—[Amended] 

■ 13. Amend § 60.335 by revising the 

terms Pr and Po for the equation in 

paragraph (b)(1) to read as follows: 

§ 60.335 Test methods and procedures. 

* * * * * 

(b) * * * 

(1) * * * 

Pr = reference combustor inlet 

absolute pressure at 101.3 kilopascals 

ambient pressure. Alternatively, you 

may use 760 mm Hg (29.92 in Hg), 

Po = observed combustor inlet 

absolute pressure at test, mm Hg. 

Alternatively, you may use the 

barometric pressure for the date of the 

test, 

* * * * * 

Subpart KK—[Amended] 

■ 14. Amend § 60.374 by revising 

paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (c)(2) to 

read as follows: 

§ 60.374 Test methods and procedures. 

* * * * * 

(b) * * * 

(1) Method 12 or Method 29 shall be 

used to determine the lead 

concentration (CPb) and, if applicable, 

the volumetric flow rate (Qsda) of the 

effluent gas. The sampling time and 

sample volume for each run shall be at 

least 60 minutes and 0.85 dscm (30 

dscf). 

(2) When different operations in a 

three-process operation facility are 

ducted to separate control devices, the 

lead emission concentration (C) from 

the facility shall be determined as 

follows: 

Where: 

C = concentration of lead emissions for the 

entire facility, mg/dscm (gr/dscf). 

Ca = concentration of lead emissions from 

facility ‘‘a’’, mg/dscm (gr/dscf). 

Qsda = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas 

from facility ‘‘a’’, dscm/hr (dscf/hr). 

N = total number of control devices to which 

separate operations in the facility are 

ducted. 

* * * * * 

(c) * * * 

(2) Method 12 or Method 29 shall be 

used to determine the lead 

concentration (CPb) and the volumetric 

flow rate (Qsd) of the effluent gas. The 

sampling time and sample volume for 

each run shall be at least 60 minutes 

and 0.85 dscm (30 dscf). 

* * * * * 

Subpart LL—[Amended] 

■ 15. Amend § 60.382 by revising 

paragraph (a)(1) to read as follows: 

§ 60.382 Standard for particulate matter. 

(a) * * * 

(1) Contain particulate matter in 

excess of 0.05 grams per dry standard 

cubic meter (0.05 g/dscm). 

* * * * * 

■ 16. Amend § 60.386 by revising 

paragraph (b)(2) to read as follows: 

§ 60.386 Test methods and procedures. 

* * * * * 

(b) * * * 

(2) Method 9 and the procedures in 

§ 60.11 shall be used to determine 

opacity from stack emissions and 

process fugitive emissions. The observer 

shall read opacity only when emissions 

are clearly identified as emanating 

solely from the affected facility being 

observed. A single visible emission 

observer may conduct visible emission 

observations for up to three fugitive, 

stack, or vent emission points within a 

15-second interval. This option is 

subject to the following limitations: 

(i) No more than three emission 

points are read concurrently; 

(ii) All three emission points must be 

within a 70° viewing sector or angle in 

front of the observer such that the 

proper sun position can be maintained 

for all three points; and 

(iii) If an opacity reading for any one 

of the three emission points is within 5 

percent opacity of the application 

standard, then the observer must stop 

taking readings for the other two points 

and continue reading just that single 

point. 

* * * * * 

Subpart UU—[Amended] 

■ 17. Amend § 60.472 by revising 

paragraph (a)(1)(ii) to read as follows: 

§ 60.472 Standards for particulate matter. 

(a) * * * 

(1) * * * 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.006</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11251 

(ii) 0.4 kg/Mg (0.8 lb/ton) of saturated 

felt or smooth-surfaced roll roofing 

produced; 

* * * * * 

Subpart NNN—[Amended] 

■ 18. Amend § 60.660 by revising 

paragraph (c)(4) to read as follows: 

§ 60.660 Applicability and designation of 

affected facility. 

* * * * * 

(c) * * * 

(4) Each affected facility that has a 

total resource effectiveness (TRE) index 

value greater than 8.0 is exempt from all 

provisions of this subpart except for 

§§ 60.662; 60.664 (e), (f), and (g); and 

60.665 (h) and (l). 

* * * * * 

■ 19. Amend § 60.665 by revising 

paragraphs (h)(2) and (h)(3) to read as 

follows: 

§ 60.665 Reporting and recordkeeping 

requirements. 

* * * * * 

(h) * * * 

(2) Any recalculation of the TRE 

index value performed pursuant to 

§ 60.664(g); and 

(3) The results of any performance test 

performed pursuant to the methods and 

procedures required by § 60.664(e). 

* * * * * 

Subpart IIII—[Amended] 

■ 20. Revise Table 7 to Subpart IIII of 

part 60 to read as follows: 

As stated in § 60.4213, you must 

comply with the following requirements 

for performance tests for stationary CI 

ICE with a displacement of ≥30 liters 

per cylinder: 

TABLE 7 TO SUBPART IIII OF PART 60—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS FOR STATIONARY CI ICE WITH A

DISPLACEMENT OF ≥30 LITERS PER CYLINDER

Each Complying with the 

requirement to You must Using According to the following requirements 

1. Stationary CI internal 

combustion engine with a 

displacement of ≥ 30 liters per cylinder 

a. Reduce NOX emissions 

by 90 percent or more; 

i. Select the sampling port 

location and number/location of traverse points 

at the inlet and outlet of 

the control device; 

(a) For NOX, O2, and 

moisture measurement, 

ducts ≤6 inches in diameter may be sampled 

at a single point located 

at the duct centroid and 

ducts >6 and ≤12 

inches in diameter may 

be sampled at 3 traverse points located at 

16.7, 50.0, and 83.3% 

of the measurement line 

(‘3-point long line’). If 

the duct is >12 inches in 

diameter and the sampling port location meets 

the two and half-diameter criterion of Section 

11.1.1 of Method 1 of 

40 CFR part 60, appendix A–1, the duct may 

be sampled at ‘3-point 

long line’; otherwise, 

conduct the stratification 

testing and select sampling points according to 

Section 8.1.2 of Method 

7E of 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A–4. 

ii. Measure O2 at the inlet 

and outlet of the control 

device; 

(1) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 

40 CFR part 60, appendix A–2 

(b) Measurements to determine O2 concentration must be made at 

the same time as the 

measurements for NOX

concentration. 

iii. If necessary, measure 

moisture content at the 

inlet and outlet of the 

control device; and 

(2) Method 4 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–3, 

Method 320 of 40 CFR 

part 63, appendix A, or 

ASTM D 6348–03 (incorporated by reference, 

see § 60.17) 

(c) Measurements to determine moisture content must be made at 

the same time as the 

measurements for NOX

concentration. 

iv. Measure NOX at the 

inlet and outlet of the 

control device. 

(3) Method 7E of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–4, 

Method 320 of 40 CFR 

part 63, appendix A, or 

ASTM D 6348–03 (incorporated by reference, 

see § 60.17) 

(d) NOX concentration 

must be at 15 percent 

O2, dry basis. Results of 

this test consist of the 

average of the three 1- 

hour or longer runs. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11252 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

TABLE 7 TO SUBPART IIII OF PART 60—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS FOR STATIONARY CI ICE WITH A

DISPLACEMENT OF ≥30 LITERS PER CYLINDER—Continued 

Each Complying with the 

requirement to You must Using According to the following requirements 

b. Limit the concentration 

of NOX in the stationary 

CI internal combustion 

engine exhaust. 

i. Select the sampling port 

location and number/location of traverse points 

at the exhaust of the 

stationary internal combustion engine; 

(a) For NOX, O2, and 

moisture measurement, 

ducts ≤6 inches in diameter may be sampled 

at a single point located 

at the duct centroid and 

ducts >6 and ≤12 

inches in diameter may 

be sampled at 3 traverse points located at 

16.7, 50.0, and 83.3% 

of the measurement line 

(‘3-point long line’). If 

the duct is >12 inches in 

diameter and the sampling port location meets 

the two and half-diameter criterion of Section 

11.1.1 of Method 1 of 

40 CFR part 60, appendix A–1, the duct may 

be sampled at ‘3-point 

long line’; otherwise, 

conduct the stratification 

testing and select sampling points according to 

Section 8.1.2 of Method 

7E of 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A–4. 

ii. Determine the O2 concentration of the stationary internal combustion engine exhaust at 

the sampling port location; 

(1) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 

40 CFR part 60, appendix A–2 

(b) Measurements to determine O2 concentration must be made at 

the same time as the 

measurement for NOX

concentration. 

iii. If necessary, measure 

moisture content of the 

stationary internal combustion engine exhaust 

at the sampling port location; and 

(2) Method 4 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–3, 

Method 320 of 40 CFR 

part 63, appendix A, or 

ASTM D 6348–03 (incorporated by reference, 

see § 60.17) 

(c) Measurements to determine moisture content must be made at 

the same time as the 

measurement for NOX

concentration. 

iv. Measure NOX at the 

exhaust of the stationary 

internal combustion engine; if using a control 

device, the sampling 

site must be located at 

the outlet of the control 

device. 

(3) Method 7E of 40 CFR 

part 60, Appendix A–4, 

Method 320 of 40 CFR 

part 63, appendix A, or 

ASTM D 6348–03 (incorporated by reference, 

see § 60.17) 

(d) NOX concentration 

must be at 15 percent 

O2, dry basis. Results of 

this test consist of the 

average of the three 1- 

hour or longer runs. 

c. Reduce PM emissions 

by 60 percent or more 

i. Select the sampling port 

location and the number 

of traverse points; 

(1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–1 

(a) Sampling sites must be 

located at the inlet and 

outlet of the control device. 

ii. Measure O2 at the inlet 

and outlet of the control 

device; 

(2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 

40 CFR part 60, appendix A–2 

(b) Measurements to determine O2 concentration must be made at 

the same time as the 

measurements for PM 

concentration. 

iii. If necessary, measure 

moisture content at the 

inlet and outlet of the 

control device; and 

(3) Method 4 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–3 

(c) Measurements to determine and moisture 

content must be made 

at the same time as the 

measurements for PM 

concentration. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11253 

TABLE 7 TO SUBPART IIII OF PART 60—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS FOR STATIONARY CI ICE WITH A

DISPLACEMENT OF ≥30 LITERS PER CYLINDER—Continued 

Each Complying with the 

requirement to You must Using According to the following requirements 

iv. Measure PM at the 

inlet and outlet of the 

control device. 

(4) Method 5 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–3 

(d) PM concentration must 

be at 15 percent O2, dry 

basis. Results of this 

test consist of the average of the three 1-hour 

or longer runs. 

d. Limit the concentration 

of PM in the stationary 

CI internal combustion 

engine exhaust 

i. Select the sampling port 

location and the number 

of traverse points; 

(1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–1 

(a) If using a control device, the sampling site 

must be located at the 

outlet of the control device. 

ii. Determine the O2 concentration of the stationary internal combustion engine exhaust at 

the sampling port location; 

(2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 

40 CFR part 60, appendix A–2 

(b) Measurements to determine O2 concentration must be made at 

the same time as the 

measurements for PM 

concentration. 

iii. If necessary, measure 

moisture content of the 

stationary internal combustion engine exhaust 

at the sampling port location; and 

(3) Method 4 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–3 

(c) Measurements to determine moisture content must be made at 

the same time as the 

measurements for PM 

concentration. 

iv. Measure PM at the exhaust of the stationary 

internal combustion engine. 

(4) Method 5 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–3. 

(d) PM concentration must 

be at 15 percent O2, dry 

basis. Results of this 

test consist of the average of the three 1-hour 

or longer runs. 

Subpart JJJJ—[Amended] 

■ 21. Revise Table 2 to Subpart JJJJ of 

part 60 to read as follows: 

As stated in § 60.4244, you must 

comply with the following requirements 

for performance tests within 10 percent 

of 100 percent peak (or the highest 

achievable) load: 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11254 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

TABLE 2 TO SUBPART JJJJ OF PART 60—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS

For each Complying with the 

requirement to You must Using According to the following requirements 

1. Stationary SI internal 

combustion engine demonstrating compliance according to § 60.4244. 

a. limit the concentration 

of NOX in the stationary 

SI internal combustion 

engine exhaust. 

i. Select the sampling port 

location and the number/location of traverse 

points at the exhaust of 

the stationary internal 

combustion engine; 

(1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–1, if measuring flow 

rate. 

(a) Alternatively, for NOX, 

O2, and moisture measurement, ducts ≤6 

inches in diameter may 

be sampled at a single 

point located at the duct 

centroid and ducts >6 

and ≤12 inches in diameter may be sampled 

at 3 traverse points located at 16.7, 50.0, and 

83.3% of the measurement line (‘3-point long 

line’). If the duct is >12 

inches in diameter and 

the sampling port location meets the two and 

half-diameter criterion of 

Section 11.1.1 of Method 1 of 40 CFR part 60, 

Appendix A, the duct 

may be sampled at ‘3- 

point long line’; otherwise, conduct the stratification testing and select sampling points according to Section 8.1.2 

of Method 7E of 40 CFR 

part 60, Appendix A. 

ii. Determine the O2 concentration of the stationary internal combustion engine exhaust at 

the sampling port location; 

(2) Method 3, 3A, or 3Bb

of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A–2 or ASTM 

Method D6522–00 (Reapproved 2005) a e. 

(b) Measurements to determine O2 concentration must be made at 

the same time as the 

measurements for NOX

concentration. 

iii. If necessary, determine 

the exhaust flowrate of 

the stationary internal 

combustion engine exhaust; 

(3) Method 2 or 2C of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–1 or Method 19 of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–7. 

iv. If necessary, measure 

moisture content of the 

stationary internal combustion engine exhaust 

at the sampling port location; and 

(4) Method 4 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–3, 

Method 320 of 40 CFR 

part 63, appendix A, or 

ASTM Method D 6348– 

03 e. 

(c) Measurements to determine moisture must 

be made at the same 

time as the measurement for NOX concentration. 

v. Measure NOX at the exhaust of the stationary 

internal combustion engine; if using a control 

device, the sampling 

site must be located at 

the outlet of the control 

device. 

(5) Method 7E of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–4, 

ASTM Method D6522– 

00 (Reapproved 

2005) a e, Method 320 of 

40 CFR part 63, appendix A, or ASTM Method 

D 6348–03 e. 

(d) Results of this test 

consist of the average 

of the three 1-hour or 

longer runs. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11255 

TABLE 2 TO SUBPART JJJJ OF PART 60—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS—Continued 

For each Complying with the 

requirement to You must Using According to the following requirements 

b. limit the concentration 

of CO in the stationary 

SI internal combustion 

engine exhaust. 

i. Select the sampling port 

location and the number/location of traverse 

points at the exhaust of 

the stationary internal 

combustion engine; 

(1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–1, if measuring flow 

rate. 

(a) Alternatively, for CO, 

O2, and moisture measurement, ducts ≤6 

inches in diameter may 

be sampled at a single 

point located at the duct 

centroid and ducts >6 

and ≤12 inches in diameter may be sampled 

at 3 traverse points located at 16.7, 50.0, and 

83.3% of the measurement line (‘3-point long 

line’). If the duct is >12 

inches in diameter and 

the sampling port location meets the two and 

half-diameter criterion of 

Section 11.1.1 of Method 1 of 40 CFR part 60, 

Appendix A, the duct 

may be sampled at ‘3- 

point long line’; otherwise, conduct the stratification testing and select sampling points according to Section 8.1.2 

of Method 7E of 40 CFR 

part 60, Appendix A. 

ii. Determine the O2 concentration of the stationary internal combustion engine exhaust at 

the sampling port location; 

(2) Method 3, 3A, or 3Bb

of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A–2 or ASTM 

Method D6522–00 (Reapproved 2005) a e. 

(b) Measurements to determine O2 concentration must be made at 

the same time as the 

measurements for CO 

concentration. 

iii. If necessary, determine 

the exhaust flowrate of 

the stationary internal 

combustion engine exhaust; 

(3) Method 2 or 2C of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–1 or Method 19 of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–7. 

iv. If necessary, measure 

moisture content of the 

stationary internal combustion engine exhaust 

at the sampling port location; and 

(4) Method 4 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–3, 

Method 320 of 40 CFR 

part 63, appendix A, or 

ASTM Method D 6348– 

03 e. 

(c) Measurements to determine moisture must 

be made at the same 

time as the measurement for CO concentration. 

v. Measure CO at the exhaust of the stationary 

internal combustion engine; if using a control 

device, the sampling 

site must be located at 

the outlet of the control 

device. 

(5) Method 10 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A4, 

ASTM Method D6522– 

00 (Reapproved 

2005) a e, Method 320 of 

40 CFR part 63, appendix A, or ASTM Method 

D 6348–03 e. 

(d) Results of this test 

consist of the average 

of the three 1-hour or 

longer runs. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11256 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

TABLE 2 TO SUBPART JJJJ OF PART 60—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS—Continued 

For each Complying with the 

requirement to You must Using According to the following requirements 

c. limit the concentration 

of VOC in the stationary 

SI internal combustion 

engine exhaust 

i. Select the sampling port 

location and the number/location of traverse 

points at the exhaust of 

the stationary internal 

combustion engine; 

(1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–1, if measuring flow 

rate. 

(a) Alternatively, for VOC, 

O2, and moisture measurement, ducts ≤6 

inches in diameter may 

be sampled at a single 

point located at the duct 

centroid and ducts >6 

and ≤12 inches in diameter may be sampled 

at 3 traverse points located at 16.7, 50.0, and 

83.3% of the measurement line (‘3-point long 

line’). If the duct is >12 

inches in diameter and 

the sampling port location meets the two and 

half-diameter criterion of 

Section 11.1.1 of Method 1 of 40 CFR part 60, 

Appendix A, the duct 

may be sampled at ‘3- 

point long line’; otherwise, conduct the stratification testing and select sampling points according to Section 8.1.2 

of Method 7E of 40 CFR 

part 60, Appendix A. 

ii. Determine the O2 concentration of the stationary internal combustion engine exhaust at 

the sampling port location; 

(2) Method 3, 3A, or 3Bb

of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A–2 or ASTM 

Method D6522–00 (Reapproved 2005) a e. 

(b) Measurements to determine O2 concentration must be made at 

the same time as the 

measurements for VOC 

concentration. 

iii. If necessary, determine 

the exhaust flowrate of 

the stationary internal 

combustion engine exhaust; 

(3) Method 2 or 2C of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–1 or Method 19 of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix 

A–7. 

iv. If necessary, measure 

moisture content of the 

stationary internal combustion engine exhaust 

at the sampling port location; and 

(4) Method 4 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A–3, 

Method 320 of 40 CFR 

part 63, appendix A, or 

ASTM Method D 6348– 

03 e. 

(c) Measurements to determine moisture must 

be made at the same 

time as the measurement for VOC concentration. 

v. Measure VOC at the 

exhaust of the stationary 

internal combustion engine; if using a control 

device, the sampling 

site must be located at 

the outlet of the control 

device. 

(5) Methods 25A and 18 

of 40 CFR part 60, appendices A–6 and A–7, 

Method 25A with the 

use of a methane cutter 

as described in 40 CFR 

1065.265, Method 18 of 

40 CFR part 60, appendix A–6 c d, Method 320 

of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A, or ASTM 

Method D 6348–03 e. 

(d) Results of this test 

consist of the average 

of the three 1-hour or 

longer runs. 

aAlso, you may petition the Administrator for approval to use alternative methods for portable analyzer. 

bYou may use ASME PTC 19.10–1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses, for measuring the O2 content of the exhaust gas as an alternative to 

EPA Method 3B. AMSE PTC 19.10–1981 incorporated by reference, see 40 CFR 60.17 cYou may use EPA Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A–6, provided that you conduct an adequate pre-survey test prior to the emissions test, such as the one described in OTM 11 on EPA’s Web site (http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/prelim/otm11.pdf). dYou may use ASTM D6420–99 (2004), Test Method for Determination of Gaseous Organic Compounds by Direct Interface Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry as an alternative to EPA Method 18 for measuring total nonmethane organic. ASTM D6420–99(2004) incorporated 

by reference; see 40 CFR 60.17. e Incorporated by reference; see 40 CFR 60.17. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11257 

■ 22. Amend appendix A–1 to part 60 

as follows: 

■ a. By amending Method 1 as follows: 

■ i. By revising Figure 1–1 in section 17. 

■ ii. By adding Figure 1–2 to section 17. 

■ b. By amending Method 2 as follows: 

■ i. By revising section 8.1, the note at 

the end of 10.1.1, and sections 10.4, 

12.6, and 12.7. 

■ ii. By removing the definition for 

Ts(abs) in section 12.1. 

■ iii. By adding a definition for 

Ts(abavg) in alphabetical order to 

section 12.1. 

■ c. By revising Method 2A, sections 

10.3 and 12.2. 

■ d. By revising Method 2B, section 

12.1. 

■ e. By revising Method 2D, section 

10.4. 

Appendix A–1 to Part 60—Test 

Methods 1 Through 2F 

* * * * * 

Method 1—Sample and Velocity Traverses 

From Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

17.0 * * * 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11258 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.007</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11259 

* * * * * 

Method 2—Determination of Stack Gas 

Velocity and Volumetric Flow Rate (Type S 

Pitot Tube) 

* * * * * 

8.1 Set up the apparatus as shown in 

Figure 2–1. Capillary tubing or surge tanks 

installed between the manometer and pitot 

tube may be used to dampen DP fluctuations. 

It is recommended, but not required, that a 

pretest leak-check be conducted as follows: 

(1) blow through the pitot impact opening 

until at least 7.6 cm (3.0 in.) H2O velocity 

head registers on the manometer; then, close 

off the impact opening. The pressure shall 

remain stable (±2.5 mm H2O, ±0.10 in. H2O) 

for at least 15 seconds; (2) do the same for 

the static pressure side, except using suction 

to obtain the minimum of 7.6 cm (3.0 in.) 

H2O. Other leak-check procedures, subject to 

the approval of the Administrator, may be 

used. 

* * * * * 

10.1.1 * * * 

Note: Do not use a Type S pitot tube 

assembly that is constructed such that the 

impact pressure opening plane of the pitot 

tube is below the entry plane of the nozzle 

(see Figure 2–7B). 

* * * * * 

10.4 Barometer. Calibrate the barometer 

used against a mercury barometer or NISTtraceable barometer prior to each field test. 

* * * * * 

12.1 Nomenclature 

* * * * * 

Ts(abavg) = Average absolute stack 

temperature, °K (°R). 

= 273 + Ts for metric units, 

= 460 + Ts for English units. 

* * * * * 

12.6 Average Stack Gas Velocity. 

* * * * * 

Method 2A—Direct Measurement of Gas 

Volume Through Pipes and Small Ducts 

* * * * * 

10.3 Barometer. Calibrate the barometer 

used against a mercury barometer or NISTtraceable barometer prior to the field test. 

* * * * * 

12.2 Test Meter Calibration Coefficient. 

* * * * * 

Method 2B—Determination of Exhaust Gas 

Volume Flow Rate From Gasoline Vapor 

Incinerators 

* * * * * 

12.1 Nomenclature. 

COe = Mean carbon monoxide concentration 

in system exhaust, ppm. 

(CO2)a = Ambient carbon dioxide 

concentration, ppm (if not measured 

during the test period, may be assumed 

to equal 380 ppm). 

(CO2)e = Mean carbon dioxide concentration 

in system exhaust, ppm. 

HCe = Mean organic concentration in system 

exhaust as defined by the calibration gas, 

ppm. 

Hci = Mean organic concentration in system 

inlet as defined by the calibration gas, 

ppm. 

Ke = Hydrocarbon calibration gas factor for 

the exhaust hydrocarbon analyzer, 

unitless [equal to the number of carbon 

atoms per molecule of the gas used to 

calibrate the analyzer (2 for ethane, 3 for 

propane, etc.)]. 

Ki = Hydrocarbon calibration gas factor for 

the inlet hydrocarbon analyzer, unitless. 

Ves = Exhaust gas volume, m3. 

Vis = Inlet gas volume, m3. 

Qes = Exhaust gas volume flow rate, m3/min. 

Qis = Inlet gas volume flow rate, m3/min. 

q = Sample run time, min. 

S = Standard conditions: 20° C, 760 mm 

Hg. 

* * * * * 

Method 2D—Measurement of Gas Volume 

Flow Rates in Small Pipes and Ducts 

* * * * * 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.008</GPH> ER27FE14.009</GPH>
11260 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

10.4 Barometer. Calibrate the barometer 

used against a mercury barometer or NISTtraceable barometer prior to the field test. 

* * * * * 

■ 23. Amend appendix A–2 to part 60 

as follows: 

■ a. By revising Method 3A, section 7.1. 

■ b. By amending Method 3C as follows: 

■ i. By revising section 7.1. 

■ ii. By adding section 7.3. 

Appendix A–2 to Part 60—Test 

Methods 2G Through 3C 

* * * * * 

Method 3A—Determination of Oxygen and 

Carbon Dioxide Concentrations in Emissions 

From Stationary Sources (Instrumental 

Analyzer Procedure) 

* * * * * 

7.1 Calibration Gas. What calibration 

gases do I need? Refer to Section 7.1 of 

Method 7E for the calibration gas 

requirements. Example calibration gas 

mixtures are listed below. Pre-cleaned or 

scrubbed air may be used for the O2 highcalibration gas provided it does not contain 

other gases that interfere with the O2

measurement. 

(a) CO2 in Nitrogen (N2). 

(b) CO2/SO2 gas mixture in N2. 

(c) O2/SO2 gas mixture in N2. 

(d) O2/CO2/SO2 gas mixture in N2. 

(e) CO2/NOX gas mixture in N2. 

(f) CO2/SO2/NOX gas mixture in N2. 

The tests for analyzer calibration error and 

system bias require high-, mid-, and lowlevel gases. 

* * * * * 

Method 3C—Determination of Carbon 

Dioxide, Methane, Nitrogen, and Oxygen 

from Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

7.1 Nomenclature. 

Bw = Moisture content in the sample, 

fraction. 

CN2 = Measured N2 concentration (by Method 

3C), fraction. 

CN2Corr = Measured N2 concentration 

corrected only for dilution, fraction. 

Ct = Calculated NMOC concentration, ppmv 

C equivalent. 

Ctm = Measured NMOC concentration, ppmv 

C equivalent. 

Pb = Barometric pressure, mm Hg. 

Pt = Gas sample tank pressure after sampling, 

but before pressurizing, mm Hg absolute. 

Ptf = Final gas sample tank pressure after 

pressurizing, mm Hg absolute. 

Pti = Gas sample tank pressure after 

evacuation, mm Hg absolute. 

Pw = Vapor pressure of H2O (from Table 25C– 

1), mm Hg. 

r = Total number of analyzer injections of 

sample tank during analysis (where j = 

injection number, 1 . . . r). 

R = Mean calibration response factor for 

specific sample component, area/ppm. 

Tt = Sample tank temperature at completion 

of sampling, °K. 

Tti = Sample tank temperature before 

sampling, °K. 

Ttf = Sample tank temperature after 

pressurizing, °K. 

* * * * * 

7.3 Measured N2 Concentration 

Correction. Calculate the reported N2

correction for Method 25–C using Eq. 3C–4. 

If oxygen is determined in place of N2, 

substitute the oxygen concentration for the 

nitrogen concentration in the equation. 

* * * * * 

■ 24. Amend appendix A–3 to part 60 

as follows: 

■ a. By revising Method 4, sections 9.1 

and 16.0. 

■ b. Amend Method 5 as follows: 

■ i. By revising sections 6.1.1.5, 6.1.1.6, 

6.1.1.7, 6.1.1.9, 7.1.3, 8.1, 8.3.4, 8.5, 

8.5.6, 8.7.3, 8.7.5, 10.3.3, 10.5, 10.6. 

■ ii. By removing section 7.1.5. 

■ iii. By revising Equation 5–13 in 

section 16.2.3.3. 

■ iv. By adding section 16.3. 

■ v. By adding reference 13 to section 

17.0. 

■ c. By revising Method 5A, section 8.1. 

■ d. By amending Method 5E as follows: 

■ i. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 

17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0, 

respectively. 

■ ii. By adding a new section 16.0. 

■ e. By amending Method 5H as follows: 

■ i. By revising section 12.1. 

■ ii. By adding section 12.15. 

■ iii. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 

17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0, 

respectively. 

■ iv. By adding a new section 16. 

Appendix A–3 to Part 60—Test 

Methods 4 Through 5I 

* * * * * 

Method 4—Determination of Moisture 

Content in Stack Gases 

* * * * * 

9.1 Miscellaneous Quality Control 

Measures. 

Section Quality control measure Effect 

Section 8.1.1.4 ..................... Leak rate of the sampling system cannot exceed four 

percent of the average sampling rate or 0.00057 m3/

min (0.020 cfm).

Ensures the accuracy of the volume of gas sampled. 

(Reference Method). 

Section 8.2.1 ........................ Leak rate of the sampling system cannot exceed two 

percent of the average sampling rate.

Ensures the accuracy of the volume of gas sampled. 

(Approximation Method). 

* * * * * 

16.0 Alternative Procedures 

16.1 The procedure described in Method 

5 for determining moisture content is an 

acceptable alternative to Method 4. 

16.2 The procedures in Method 6A for 

determining moisture is an acceptable 

alternative to Method 4. 

16.3 Method 320 is an acceptable 

alternative to Method 4 for determining 

moisture. 

16.4 Using F-factors to determine 

moisture is an acceptable alternative to 

Method 4 for a combustion stack not using 

a scrubber. If this option is selected, calculate 

the moisture content as follows: 

BWS ¥ BH + BA + BF

Where: 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.010</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11261 

Bws = Mole fraction of moisture in the stack 

gas. 

Fd = Volume of dry combustion components 

per unit of heat content at 0 percent 

oxygen, dscf/106 Btu (scm/J). See Table 

19–2 in Method 19. 

FW = Volume of wet combustion components 

per unit of heat content at 0 percent 

oxygen, wet scf/106 Btu (scm/J). See 

Table 19–2 in Method 19. 

%RH = Percent relative humidity (calibrated 

hydrometer acceptable), percent. 

PBar = Barometric pressure, in. Hg. 

T = Ambient temperature, °F. 

W = Percent free water by weight, percent. 

O2 = Percent oxygen in stack gas, dry basis, 

percent. 

* * * * * 

Method 5—Determination of Particulate 

Matter Emissions From Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

6.1.1.5 Filter Holder. Borosilicate glass, 

with a glass or Teflon frit filter support and 

a silicone rubber gasket. Other materials of 

construction (e.g., stainless steel or Viton) 

may be used, subject to the approval of the 

Administrator. The holder design shall 

provide a positive seal against leakage from 

the outside or around the filter. The holder 

shall be attached immediately at the outlet of 

the probe (or cyclone, if used). 

6.1.1.6 Filter Heating System. Any 

heating system capable of monitoring and 

maintaining temperature around the filter 

shall be used to ensure the sample gas 

temperature exiting the filter of 120 ± 14 °C 

(248 ± 25 °F) during sampling or such other 

temperature as specified by an applicable 

subpart of the standards or approved by the 

Administrator for a particular application. 

The monitoring and regulation of the 

temperature around the filter may be done 

with the filter temperature sensor or another 

temperature sensor. 

6.1.1.7 Filter Temperature Sensor. A 

temperature sensor capable of measuring 

temperature to within ±3 °C (5.4 °F) shall be 

installed so that the sensing tip of the 

temperature sensor is in direct contact with 

the sample gas exiting the filter. The sensing 

tip of the sensor may be encased in glass, 

Teflon, or metal and must protrude at least 

1⁄2 in. into the sample gas exiting the filter. 

The filter temperature sensor must be 

monitored and recorded during sampling to 

ensure a sample gas temperature exiting the 

filter of 120 ± 14 °C (248 ± 25 °F), or such 

other temperature as specified by an 

applicable subpart of the standards or 

approved by the Administrator for a 

particular application. 

* * * * * 

6.1.1.9 Metering System. Vacuum gauge, 

leak-free pump, calibrated temperature 

sensors (rechecked at at least one point after 

each test), dry gas meter (DGM) capable of 

measuring volume to within 2 percent, and 

related equipment, as shown in Figure 5–1. 

Alternatively, an Isostack metering system 

may be used if all Method 5 calibrations are 

performed, with the exception of those 

related to DH@ in Section 9.2.1, wherein the 

sample flow rate system shall be calibrated 

in lieu of DH@ and shall not deviate by more 

than 5 percent. Other metering systems 

capable of maintaining sampling rates within 

10 percent of isokinetic and of determining 

sample volumes to within 2 percent may be 

used, subject to the approval of the 

Administrator. When the metering system is 

used in conjunction with a pitot tube, the 

system shall allow periodic checks of 

isokinetic rates. 

* * * * * 

7.1.3 Water. When analysis of the 

material caught in the impingers is required, 

deionized distilled water [to conform to 

ASTM D1193–77 or 91 Type 3 (incorporated 

by reference—see § 60.17)] with at least 

<0.001 percent residue shall be used or as 

specified in the applicable method requiring 

analysis of the water. Run reagent blanks 

prior to field use to eliminate a high blank 

on test samples. 

* * * * * 

8.1 Pretest Preparation. It is suggested 

that sampling equipment be maintained 

according to the procedures described in 

APTD–0576. Alternative mercury-free 

thermometers may be used if the 

thermometers are at a minimum equivalent 

in terms of performance or suitably effective 

for the specific temperature measurement 

application. 

* * * * * 

8.3.4 Set up the train as shown in Figure 

5–1 ensuring that the connections are leaktight. Subject to the approval of the 

Administrator, a glass cyclone may be used 

between the probe and filter holder when the 

total particulate catch is expected to exceed 

100 mg or when water droplets are present 

in the stack gas. 

* * * * * 

8.5 Sampling Train Operation. During the 

sampling run, maintain an isokinetic 

sampling rate (within 10 percent of true 

isokinetic unless otherwise specified by the 

Administrator) and a sample gas temperature 

through the filter of 120 ± 14 °C (248 ± 25 

°F) or such other temperature as specified by 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.011</GPH>
11262 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

an applicable subpart of the standards or 

approved by the Administrator. 

* * * * * 

8.5.6 During the test run, make periodic 

adjustments to keep the temperature around 

the filter holder at the proper level to 

maintain the sample gas temperature exiting 

the filter; add more ice and, if necessary, salt 

to maintain a temperature of less than 20 °C 

(68 °F) at the condenser/silica gel outlet. 

Also, periodically check the level and zero of 

the manometer. 

* * * * * 

8.7.3 Before moving the sample train to 

the cleanup site, remove the probe from the 

sample train and cap the open outlet of the 

probe. Be careful not to lose any condensate 

that might be present. Cap the filter inlet 

where the probe was fastened. Remove the 

umbilical cord from the last impinger, and 

cap the impinger. If a flexible line is used 

between the first impinger or condenser and 

the filter holder, disconnect the line at the 

filter holder, and let any condensed water or 

liquid drain into the impingers or condenser. 

Cap off the filter holder outlet and impinger 

inlet. Either ground-glass stoppers, plastic 

caps, or serum caps may be used to close 

these openings. 

* * * * * 

8.7.5 Save a portion of the acetone used 

for cleanup as a blank. From each storage 

container of acetone used for cleanup, save 

200 ml and place in a glass sample container 

labeled ‘‘acetone blank.’’ To minimize any 

particulate contamination, rinse the wash 

bottle prior to filling from the tested 

container. 

* * * * * 

10.3.3 Acceptable Variation in 

Calibration Check. If the DGM coefficient 

values obtained before and after a test series 

differ by more than 5 percent, the test series 

shall either be voided, or calculations for the 

test series shall be performed using 

whichever meter coefficient value (i.e., before 

or after) gives the lower value of total sample 

volume. 

* * * * * 

10.5 Temperature Sensors. Use the 

procedure in Section 10.3 of Method 2 to 

calibrate in-stack temperature sensors. Dial 

thermometers, such as are used for the DGM 

and condenser outlet, shall be calibrated 

against mercury-in-glass thermometers. An 

alternative mercury-free NIST-traceable 

thermometer may be used if the thermometer 

is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of 

performance or suitably effective for the 

specific temperature measurement 

application. As an alternative, the following 

single-point calibration procedure may be 

used. After each test run series, check the 

accuracy (and, hence, the calibration) of each 

thermocouple system at ambient 

temperature, or any other temperature, 

within the range specified by the 

manufacturer, using a reference thermometer 

(either ASTM reference thermometer or a 

thermometer that has been calibrated against 

an ASTM reference thermometer). The 

temperatures of the thermocouple and 

reference thermometers shall agree to within 

±2 °F. 

10.6 Barometer. Calibrate against a 

mercury barometer or NIST-traceable 

barometer prior to the field test. 

Alternatively, barometric pressure may be 

obtained from a weather report that has been 

adjusted for the test point (on the stack) 

elevation. 

* * * * * 

16.2.3.3 * * * 

* * * * * 

16.3 Alternative Post-Test Metering 

System Calibration. The following procedure 

may be used as an alternative to the post-test 

calibration described in Section 10.3.2. This 

alternative procedure does not detect 

leakages between the inlet of the metering 

system and the dry gas meter. Therefore, two 

steps must be included to make it an 

equivalent alternative: 

(1) The metering system must pass the 

post-test leak-check from either the inlet of 

the sampling train or the inlet of the metering 

system. Therefore, if the train fails the former 

leak-check, another leak-check from the inlet 

of the metering system must be conducted; 

(2) The metering system must pass the 

leak-check of that portion of the train from 

the pump to the orifice meter as described in 

Section 8.4.1. 

16.3.1 After each test run, do the 

following: 

16.3.1.1 Ensure that the metering system 

has passed the post-test leak-check. If not, 

conduct a leak-check of the metering system 

from its inlet. 

16.3.1.2 Conduct the leak-check of that 

portion of the train from the pump to the 

orifice meter as described in Section 10.3.1.1. 

16.3.1.3 Calculate Yqa for each test run 

using the following equation: 

Where: 

Yqa = Dry gas meter calibration check value, 

dimensionless. 

0.0319 = (29.92/528) (0.75) 2 (in. Hg/°R) cfm2. 

DH@ = Orifice meter calibration coefficient, 

in. H2O. 

Md = Dry molecular weight of stack gas, lb/ 

lb-mole. 

29 = Dry molecular weight of air, lb/lb-mole. 

16.3.2 After each test run series, do the 

following: 

16.3.2.1 Average the three or more Yqa’s 

obtained from the test run series and 

compare this average Yqa with the dry gas 

meter calibration factor Y. The average Yqa

must be within 5 percent of Y. 

16.3.2.2 If the average Yqa does not meet 

the 5 percent criterion, recalibrate the meter 

over the full range of orifice settings as 

detailed in Section 10.3.1. Then follow the 

procedure in Section 10.3.3. 

17.0 * * * 

13. Shigehara, Roger T., P.G. Royals, and 

E.W. Steward. ‘‘Alternative Method 5 PostTest Calibration.’’ Entropy Incorporated, 

Research Triangle Park, NC 27709. 

* * * * * 

Method 5A—Determination of Particulate 

Matter Emissions From the Asphalt 

Processing and Asphalt Roofing Industry 

* * * * * 

8.1 Pretest Preparation. Unless otherwise 

specified, maintain and calibrate all 

components according to the procedure 

described in APTD–0576, ‘‘Maintenance, 

Calibration, and Operation of Isokinetic 

Source-Sampling Equipment’’ (Reference 3 in 

Method 5, Section 17.0). Alternative 

mercury-free thermometers may be used if 

the thermometers are, at a minimum, 

equivalent in terms of performance or 

suitably effective for the specific temperature 

measurement application. 

* * * * * 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.012</GPH> ER27FE14.013</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11263 

Method 5E—Determination of Particulate 

Matter Emissions From the Wool Fiberglass 

Insulation Manufacturing Industry 

* * * * * 

16.0 Alternative Procedures 

16.1 Total Organic Carbon Analyzer. 

Tekmar-Dohrmann analyzers using the single 

injection technique may be used as an 

alternative to Rosemount Model 2100A 

analyzers. 

* * * * * 

Method 5H—Determination of Particulate 

Matter Emissions From Wood Heaters From 

a Stack Location 

* * * * * 

12.1 Nomenclature. 

A = Sample flow rate adjustment factor. 

BR = Dry wood burn rate, kg/hr (lb/hr), from 

Method 28, Section 8.3. 

Bws = Water vapor in the gas stream, 

proportion by volume. 

Ci = Tracer gas concentration at inlet, ppmv. 

Co = Tracer gas concentration at outlet, 

ppmv. 

Cs = Concentration of particulate matter in 

stack gas, dry basis, corrected to standard 

conditions, g/dscm (g/dscf). 

E = Particulate emission rate, g/hr (lb/hr). 

DH = Average pressure differential across the 

orifice meter (see Figure 5H–1), mm H2O 

(in. H2O). 

La = Maximum acceptable leakage rate for 

either a post-test leak-check or for a leakcheck following a component change; 

equal to 0.00057 cmm (0.020 cfm) or 4 

percent of the average sampling rate, 

whichever is less. 

L1 = Individual leakage rate observed during 

the leak-check conducted before a 

component change, cmm (cfm). 

Lp = Leakage rate observed during the posttest leak-check, cmm (cfm). 

mn = Total amount of particulate matter 

collected, mg. 

Ma = Mass of residue of solvent after 

evaporation, mg. 

NC = Grams of carbon/gram of dry fuel (lb/ 

lb), equal to 0.0425. 

NT = Total dry moles of exhaust gas/kg of dry 

wood burned, g-moles/kg (lb-moles/lb). 

PR = Percent of proportional sampling rate. 

Pbar = Barometric pressure at the sampling 

site, mm Hg (in.Hg). 

Pstd = Standard absolute pressure, 760 mm Hg 

(29.92 in.Hg). 

Qi = Gas volumetric flow rate at inlet, cfm (l/ 

min). 

Qo = Gas volumetric flow rate at outlet, cfm 

(l/min). 

* * * * * 

12.15 Alternative Tracer Gas Flow Rate 

Determination. 

Note: This gives Q for a single instance 

only. Repeated multiple determinations are 

needed to track temporal variations. Very 

small variations in Qi, Ci, or Co may give very 

large variations in Qo. 

* * * * * 

16.0 Alternative Procedures 

16.1 Alternative Stack Gas Volumetric 

Flow Rate Determination (Tracer Gas). 

16.1.1 Apparatus. 

16.1.1.1 Tracer Gas Injector System. This 

is to inject a known concentration of tracer 

gas into the stack. This system consists of a 

cylinder of tracer gas, a gas cylinder 

regulator, a stainless steel needle valve or a 

flow controller, a nonreactive (stainless steel 

or glass) rotameter, and an injection loop to 

disperse the tracer gas evenly in the stack. 

16.1.1.2 Tracer Gas Probe. A glass or 

stainless steel sampling probe. 

16.1.1.3 Gas Conditioning System. A gas 

conditioning system is suitable for delivering 

a cleaned sample to the analyzer consisting 

of a filter to remove particulate and a 

condenser capable of lowering the dew point 

of the sample gas to less than 5 °C (40 °F). 

A desiccant such as anhydrous calcium 

sulfate may be used to dry the sample gas. 

Desiccants which react or absorb tracer gas or 

stack gas may not be used, e.g. silica gel 

absorbs CO2. 

16.1.1.4. Pump. An inert (i.e., stainless 

steel or Teflon head) pump to deliver more 

than the total sample required by the 

manufacturer’s specifications for the analyzer 

used to measure the downstream tracer gas 

concentration. 

16.1.1.5 Gas Analyzer. A gas analyzer is 

any analyzer capable of measuring the tracer 

gas concentration in the range necessary at 

least every 10 minutes. A means of 

controlling the analyzer flow rate and a 

device for determining proper sample flow 

rate shall be provided unless data is provided 

to show that the analyzer is insensitive to 

flow variations over the range encountered 

during the test. The gas analyzer needs to 

meet or exceed the following performance 

specifications: 

Linearity .......... ±1 percent of full scale. 

Calibration 

Error.

≤2 percent of span. 

Response Time ≤10 seconds. 

Zero Drift (24 

hour).

≤2 percent of full scale. 

Span Drift (24 

hour).

≤2 percent of full scale. 

Resolution ....... ≤0.5 percent of span. 

16.1.1.6 Recorder (optional). To provide a 

permanent record of the analyzer output. 

16.1.2 Reagents. 

16.1.2.1 Tracer Gas. The tracer gas is 

sulfur hexafluoride in an appropriate 

concentration for accurate analyzer 

measurement or pure sulfur dioxide. The gas 

used must be nonreactive with the stack 

effluent and give minimal (<3 percent) 

interference to measurement by the gas 

analyzer. 

16.1.3 Procedure. Select upstream and 

downstream locations in the stack or duct for 

introducing the tracer gas and delivering the 

sampled gas to the analyzer. The inlet 

location should be 8 or more duct diameters 

beyond any upstream flow disturbance. The 

outlet should be 8 or more undisturbed duct 

diameters from the inlet and 2 or more duct 

diameters from the duct exit. After installing 

the apparatus, meter a known concentration 

of the tracer gas into the stack at the inlet 

location. Use the gas sample probe and 

analyzer to show that no stratification of the 

tracer gas is found in the stack at the 

measurement locations. Monitor the tracer 

gas concentration from the outlet location 

and record the concentration at 10-minute 

intervals or more often at the option of the 

tester. A minimum of three measured 

intervals is recommended to determine the 

stack gas volumetric flow rate. Other 

statistical procedures may be applied for 

complete flow characterization and 

additional QA/QC. 

* * * * * 

■ 25. Amend appendix A–4 to part 60 

as follows: 

■ a. By revising Method 6, sections 10.2 

and 10.4. 

■ b. By revising Method 6C, sections 4.0 

and 8.3. 

■ c. By revising Method 7, sections 4.0, 

10.2, and 10.3. 

■ d. By revising Method 7A, sections 4.0 

and 10.4. 

■ e. By revising Method 7E, sections 6.1, 

7.1.1, the introductory text in section 

8.2.5, the introductory text in section 

8.2.7, and the introductory text in 

section 16.2.2. 

■ f. By revising Method 8, the definition 

for Vsoln in section 12.1, and Figure 8– 

1 in section 17.0. 

■ g. By revising Method 10, sections 

6.2.5 and 8.4.2. 

■ h. By revising Method 10A, sections 

2.0, 8.2.1, 8.2.3, 11.1, 11.2, the 

introductory text in section 12.3, and 

13.5. 

■ i. By revising Method 10B, section 2.1, 

6.2.3, the introductory text in section 

12.2. 

Appendix A–4 to Part 60—Test 

Methods 6 Through 10B 

* * * * * 

Method 6—Determination of Sulfur Dioxide 

Emissions From Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

10.2 Temperature Sensors. Calibrate 

against mercury-in-glass thermometers. An 

alternative mercury-free thermometer may be 

used if the thermometer is, at a minimum, 

equivalent in terms of performance or 

suitably effective for the specific temperature 

measurement application. 

* * * * * 

10.4 Barometer. Calibrate against a 

mercury barometer or NIST-traceable 

barometer prior to the field test. 

* * * * * 

Method 6C—Determination of Sulfur 

Dioxide Emissions From Stationary Sources 

(Instrumental Analyzer Procedure) 

* * * * * 

4.0 Interferences 

Refer to Section 4.0 of Method 7E. 

* * * * * 

8.3 Interference Check. You must follow 

the procedures of Section 8.2.7 of Method 7E 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.014</GPH>
11264 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

to conduct an interference check, substituting 

SO2 for NOX as the method pollutant. For 

dilution-type measurement systems, you 

must use the alternative interference check 

procedure in Section 16 and a co-located, 

unmodified Method 6 sampling train. 

Quenching in fluorescence analyzers must be 

evaluated and remedied unless a dilution 

system and ambient-level analyzer is used. 

This may be done by preparing the 

calibration gas to contain within 1 percent of 

the absolute oxygen and carbon dioxide 

content of the measured gas, preparing the 

calibration gas in air and using vendor 

nomographs, or by other acceptable means. 

* * * * * 

Method 7—Determination of Nitrogen Oxide 

Emissions From Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

4.0 Interferences 

Biased results have been observed when 

sampling under conditions of high sulfur 

dioxide concentrations. At or above 2100 

ppm SO2, use five times the H2O2

concentration of the Method 7 absorbing 

solution. Laboratory tests have shown that 

high concentrations of SO2 (about 2100 ppm) 

cause low results in Method 7 and 7A. 

Increasing the H2O2 concentration to five 

times the original concentration eliminates 

this bias. However, when no SO2 is present, 

increasing the concentration by five times 

results in a low bias. 

* * * * * 

10.2 Barometer. Calibrate against a 

mercury barometer or NIST-traceable 

barometer prior to the field test. 

10.3 Temperature Gauge. Calibrate dial 

thermometers against mercury-in-glass 

thermometers. An alternative mercury-free 

thermometer may be used if the thermometer 

is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of 

performance or suitably effective for the 

specific temperature measurement 

application. 

* * * * * 

Method 7A—Determination of Nitrogen 

Oxide Emissions From Stationary Sources 

(Ion Chromatographic Method) 

* * * * * 

4.0 Interferences 

Biased results have been observed when 

sampling under conditions of high sulfur 

dioxide concentrations. At or above 2100 

ppm SO2, use five times the H2O2

concentration of the Method 7 absorbing 

solution. Laboratory tests have shown that 

high concentrations of SO2 (about 2100 ppm) 

cause low results in Method 7 and 7A. 

Increasing the H2O2 concentration to five 

times the original concentration eliminates 

this bias. However, when no SO2 is present, 

increasing the concentration by five times 

results in a low bias. 

* * * * * 

10.4 Temperature Gauge. Calibrate dial 

thermometers against mercury-in-glass 

thermometers. An alternative mercury-free 

thermometer may be used if the thermometer 

is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of 

performance or suitably effective for the 

specific temperature measurement 

application. 

* * * * * 

Method 7E—Determination of Nitrogen 

Oxides Emissions From Stationary Sources 

(Instrumental Analyzer Procedure) 

* * * * * 

6.1 What do I need for the measurement 

system? You may use any equipment and 

supplies meeting the following 

specifications: 

(1) Sampling system components that are 

not evaluated in the system bias or system 

calibration error test must be glass, Teflon, or 

stainless steel. Other materials are potentially 

acceptable, subject to approval by the 

Administrator. 

(2) The interference, calibration error, and 

system bias criteria must be met. 

(3) Sample flow rate must be maintained 

within 10 percent of the flow rate at which 

the system response time was measured. 

(4) All system components (excluding 

sample conditioning components, if used) 

must maintain the sample temperature above 

the moisture dew point. Ensure minimal 

contact between any condensate and the 

sample gas. Section 6.2 provides example 

equipment specifications for a NOX

measurement system. Figure 7E–1 is a 

diagram of an example dry-basis 

measurement system that is likely to meet the 

method requirements and is provided as 

guidance. For wet-basis systems, you may 

use alternative equipment and supplies as 

needed (some of which are described in 

Section 6.2), provided that the measurement 

system meets the applicable performance 

specifications of this method. 

* * * * * 

7.1.1 High-Level Gas. This concentration 

is chosen to set the calibration span as 

defined in Section 3.4. 

* * * * * 

8.2.5 Initial System Bias and System 

Calibration Error Checks. Before sampling 

begins, determine whether the high-level or 

mid-level calibration gas best approximates 

the emissions and use it as the upscale gas. 

Introduce the upscale gas at the probe 

upstream of all sample conditioning 

components in system calibration mode. 

Record the time it takes for the measured 

concentration to increase to a value that is at 

least 95 percent or within 0.5 ppm 

(whichever is less restrictive) of a stable 

response for both the low-level and upscale 

gases. Continue to observe the gas 

concentration reading until it has reached a 

final, stable value. Record this value on a 

form similar to Table 7E–2. 

* * * * * 

8.2.7 Interference Check. Conduct an 

interference response test of the gas analyzer 

prior to its initial use in the field. If you have 

multiple analyzers of the same make and 

model, you need only perform this 

alternative interference check on one 

analyzer. You may also meet the interference 

check requirement if the instrument 

manufacturer performs this or a similar check 

on an analyzer of the same make and model 

of analyzer that you use and provides you 

with documented results. Analytical 

quenching must be evaluated and remedied 

unless a dilution system and ambient-level 

analyzer are used. The analyzer must be 

checked for quenching at concentrations of 

approximately 4 and 12 percent CO2 at a 

mid-range concentration for each analyzer 

range which is commonly used. The analyzer 

must be rechecked after it has been repaired 

or modified or on another periodic basis. 

* * * 

* * * * * 

16.2.2 Bag Procedure. Perform the 

analyzer calibration error test to document 

the calibration (both NO and NOX modes, as 

applicable). Fill a Tedlar or equivalent bag 

approximately half full with either ambient 

air, pure oxygen, or an oxygen standard gas 

with at least 19.5 percent by volume oxygen 

content. Fill the remainder of the bag with 

mid- to high-level NO in N2 (or other 

appropriate concentration) calibration gas. 

(Note that the concentration of the NO 

standard should be sufficiently high enough 

for the diluted concentration to be easily and 

accurately measured on the scale used. The 

size of the bag should be large enough to 

accommodate the procedure and time 

required. Verify through the manufacturer 

that the Tedlar alternative is suitable for NO 

and make this verifed information available 

for inspection.) 

* * * * * 

Method 8—Determination of Sulfuric Acid 

Mist and Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From 

Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

12.1 * * * 

Vsoln = Total volume of solution in which the 

sample is contained, 1000 ml for the SO2

sample and 250 ml for the H2SO4

sample. 

* * * * * 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11265 

17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and 

Validation Data 

* * * * * 

Method 10—Determination of Carbon 

Monoxide Emissions From Stationary 

Sources 

* * * * * 

6.2.5 Flexible Bag. Tedlar, or equivalent, 

with a capacity of 60 to 90 liters (2 to 3 ft3). 

(Verify through the manufacturer that the 

Tedlar alternative is suitable for CO and 

make this verified information available for 

inspection.) Leak-test the bag in the 

laboratory before using by evacuating with a 

pump followed by a dry gas meter. When the 

evacuation is complete, there should be no 

flow through the meter. Gas tanks may be 

used in place of bags if the samples are 

analyzed within one week. 

* * * * * 

8.4.2 Integrated Sampling. Evacuate the 

flexible bag. Set up the equipment as shown 

in Figure 10–1 with the bag disconnected. 

Place the probe in the stack and purge the 

sampling line. Connect the bag, making sure 

that all connections are leak-free. Sample at 

a rate proportional to the stack velocity. If 

needed, the CO2 content of the gas may be 

determined by using the Method 3 integrated 

sample procedures, or by weighing an 

ascarite CO2 removal tube used and 

computing CO2 concentration from the gas 

volume sampled and the weight gain of the 

tube. Data may be recorded on a form similar 

to Table 10–1. If a tank is used for sample 

collection, follow procedures similar to those 

in Sections 8.1.2, 8.2.3, 8.3, and 12.4 of 

Method 25 as appropriate to prepare the tank, 

conduct the sampling, and correct the 

measured sample concentration. 

* * * * * 

Method 10A—Determination of Carbon 

Monoxide Emissions in Certifying 

Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at 

Petroleum Refineries 

* * * * * 

2.0 Summary of Method 

An integrated gas sample is extracted from 

the stack, passed through an alkaline 

permanganate solution to remove sulfur 

oxides and nitrogen oxides, and collected in 

a Tedlar or equivalent bag. (Verify through 

the manufacturer that the Tedlar alternative 

is suitable for NO and make this verified 

information available for inspection.) The CO 

concentration in the sample is measured 

spectrophotometrically using the reaction of 

CO with p-sulfaminobenzoic acid. 

* * * * * 

8.2.1 Evacuate the bag completely using a 

vacuum pump. Assemble the apparatus as 

shown in Figure 10A–1. Loosely pack glass 

wool in the tip of the probe. Place 400 ml of 

alkaline permanganate solution in the first 

two impingers and 250 ml in the third. 

Connect the pump to the third impinger, and 

follow this with the surge tank, rate meter, 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.015</GPH>
11266 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

and 3-way valve. Do not connect the bag to 

the system at this time. 

* * * * * 

8.2.3 Purge the system with sample gas 

by inserting the probe into the stack and 

drawing the sample gas through the system 

at 300 ml/min ±10 percent for 5 minutes. 

Connect the evacuated bag to the system, 

record the starting time, and sample at a rate 

of 300 ml/min for 30 minutes, or until the 

bag is nearly full. Record the sampling time, 

the barometric pressure, and the ambient 

temperature. Purge the system as described 

above immediately before each sample. 

* * * * * 

11.1 Assemble the system shown in 

Figure 10A–3, and record the information 

required in Table 10A–1 as it is obtained. 

Pipet 10.0 ml of the colorimetric reagent into 

each gas reaction bulb, and attach the bulbs 

to the system. Open the stopcocks to the 

reaction bulbs, but leave the valve to the bag 

closed. Turn on the pump, fully open the 

coarse-adjust flow valve, and slowly open the 

fine-adjust valve until the pressure is 

reduced to at least 40 mm Hg. Now close the 

coarse adjust valve, and observe the 

manometer to be certain that the system is 

leak-free. Wait a minimum of 2 minutes. If 

the pressure has increased less than 1 mm 

Hg, proceed as described below. If a leak is 

present, find and correct it before proceeding 

further. 

11.2 Record the vacuum pressure (Pv) to 

the nearest 1 mm Hg, and close the reaction 

bulb stopcocks. Open the bag valve, and 

allow the system to come to atmospheric 

pressure. Close the bag valve, open the pump 

coarse adjust valve, and evacuate the system 

again. Repeat this fill/evacuation procedure 

at least twice to flush the manifold 

completely. Close the pump coarse adjust 

valve, open the bag valve, and let the system 

fill to atmospheric pressure. Open the 

stopcocks to the reaction bulbs, and let the 

entire system come to atmospheric pressure. 

Close the bulb stopcocks, remove the bulbs, 

record the room temperature and barometric 

pressure (Pbar, to nearest mm Hg), and place 

the bulbs on the shaker table with their main 

axis either parallel to or perpendicular to the 

plane of the table top. Purge the bulb-filling 

system with ambient air for several minutes 

between samples. Shake the samples for 

exactly 2 hours. 

* * * * * 

12.3 CO Concentration in the Bag. 

Calculate Cb using Equations 10A–2 and 

10A–3. If condensate is visible in the bag, 

calculate Bw using Table 10A–2 and the 

temperature and barometric pressure in the 

analysis room. If condensate is not visible, 

calculate Bw using the temperature and 

barometric pressure at the sampling site. 

* * * 

* * * * * 

13.5 Stability. The individual 

components of the colorimetric reagent are 

stable for at least one month. The 

colorimetric reagent must be used within two 

days after preparation to avoid excessive 

blank correction. The samples in the bag 

should be stable for at least one week if the 

bags are leak-free. 

* * * * * 

Method 10B—Determination of Carbon 

Monoxide Emissions From Stationary 

Sources 

* * * * * 

2.1 An integrated gas sample is extracted 

from the sampling point, passed through a 

conditioning system to remove interferences, 

and collected in a Tedlar or equivalent bag. 

(Verify through the manufacturer that the 

Tedlar alternative is suitable for NO and 

make this verifying information available for 

inspection.) The CO is separated from the 

sample by gas chromatography (GC) and 

catalytically reduced to methane (CH4) which 

is determined by flame ionization detection 

(FID). The analytical portion of this method 

is identical to applicable sections in Method 

25 detailing CO measurement. 

* * * * * 

6.2.3 Sample Injection System. Same as 

in Method 25, Section 6.3.1.4, equipped to 

accept a sample line from the bag. 

* * * * * 

12.2 CO Concentration in the Bag. 

Calculate Cb using Equations 10B–1 and 10B– 

2. If condensate is visible in the bag, 

calculate Bw using Table 10A–2 of Method 

10A and the temperature and barometric 

pressure in the analysis room. If condensate 

is not visible, calculate Bw using the 

temperature and barometric pressure at the 

sampling site. 

* * * * * 

■ 26. Amend appendix A–5 to part 60 

as follows: 

■ a. By revising Method 11, sections 8.5 

and 10.1.2. 

■ b. Amend Method 12 as follows: 

■ i. By revising section 16.1. 

■ ii. By adding sections 16.4, 16.5, and 

16.6. 

■ c. By adding a sentence to the end of 

Method 14A, section 10.1.1. 

Appendix A–5 to Part 60—Test 

Methods 11 Through 15A 

* * * * * 

Method 11—Determination of Hydrogen 

Sulfide Content of Fuel Gas Streams in 

Petroleum Refineries 

* * * * * 

8.5 Sample for at least 10 minutes. At the 

end of the sampling time, close the sampling 

valve, and record the final volume and 

temperature readings. Conduct a leak-check 

as described in Section 8.2. A yellow color 

in the final cadmium sulfate impinger 

indicates depletion of the absorbing solution. 

An additional cadmium sulfate impinger 

should be added for subsequent samples and 

the sample with yellow color in the final 

impinger should be voided. 

* * * * * 

10.1.2 Temperature Sensors. Calibrate 

against mercury-in-glass thermometers. An 

alternative mercury-free thermometer may be 

used if the thermometer is at a minimum 

equivalent in terms of performance or 

suitably effective for the specific temperature 

measurement application. 

* * * * * 

Method 12—Determination of Inorganic 

Lead Emissions From Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

16.1 Simultaneous Determination of 

Particulate Matter and Lead Emissions. 

Method 12 may be used to simultaneously 

determine Pb provided: 

(1) Acetone is used to remove particulate 

from the probe and inside of the filter holder 

as specified by Method 5, 

(2) 0.1 N HNO3 is used in the impingers, 

(3) A glass fiber filter with a low Pb 

background is used, and 

(4) The entire train contents, including the 

impingers, are treated and analyzed for Pb as 

described in Sections 8.0 and 11.0 of this 

method. 

* * * * * 

16.4 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic 

Emission Spectrometry (ICP–AES) Analysis. 

ICP–AES may be used as an alternative to 

atomic absorption analysis provided the 

following conditions are met: 

16.4.1 Sample collection, sample 

preparation, and analytical preparation 

procedures are as defined in the method 

except as necessary for the ICP–AES 

application. 

16.4.2 The limit of quantitation for the 

ICP–AES must be demonstrated, and the 

sample concentrations reported should be no 

less than two times the limit of quantitation. 

The limit of quantitation is defined as ten 

times the standard deviation of the blank 

value. The standard deviation of the blank 

value is determined from the analysis of 

seven blanks. It has been reported that for 

mercury and those elements that form 

hydrides, a continuous-flow generator 

coupled to an ICP–AES offers detection 

limits comparable to cold vapor atomic 

absorption. 

16.5 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass 

Spectrometry (ICP–MS) Analysis. ICP–MS 

may be used as an alternative to atomic 

absorption analysis. 

16.6 Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence 

Spectrometry (CVAFS) Analysis. CVAFS may 

be used as an alternative to atomic absorption 

analysis. 

* * * * * 

Method 14A—Determination of Total 

Fluoride Emissions From Selected Sources at 

Primary Aluminum Production Facilities 

* * * * * 

10.1.1 * * * Allowable tolerances for Y 

and DH@ are given in Figure 5–5 of Method 

5 of this appendix. 

* * * * * 

■ 27. Amend appendix A–6 to part 60 

as follows: 

■ a. By revising Method 16A, section 

1.2. 

■ b. By revising Method 16C, sections 

12.1 and 12.5. 

■ c. By revising Method 18, sections 

8.2.1.1.2, 8.2.1.4, 8.2.1.4.2, 16.1.1.12, 

16.1.3.2, and the headings of figures 18– 

3 and 18–10. 

■ d. By redesignating section 8.2.1.5.2.3 

as section 8.2.1.5.2.2. 

■ e. By adding a new section 8.2.1.5.2.3. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11267 

Appendix A–6 to Part 60—Test 

Methods 16 Through 18 

* * * * * 

Method 16A—Determination of Total 

Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Stationary 

Sources (Impinger Technique) 

* * * * * 

1.2 Applicability. This method is 

applicable for the determination of TRS 

emissions from recovery boilers, lime kilns, 

and smelt dissolving tanks at kraft pulp 

mills, reduced sulfur compounds (H2S, 

carbonyl sulfide, and carbon disulfide) from 

sulfur recovery units at onshore natural gas 

processing facilities, and from other sources 

when specified in an applicable subpart of 

the regulations. The flue gas must contain at 

least 1 percent oxygen for complete oxidation 

of all TRS to SO2. Note: If sources other than 

kraft pulp mills experience low oxygen levels 

in the emissions, the method results may be 

biased low. 

* * * * * 

Method 16C—Determination of Total 

Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Stationary 

Sources 

* * * * * 

12.1 Nomenclature. 

ACE = Analyzer calibration error, percent of 

calibration span. 

CD = Calibration drift, percent. 

CDir = Measured concentration of a 

calibration gas (low, mid, or high) when 

introduced in direct calibration mode, 

ppmv. 

CH2S = Concentration of the system 

performance check gas, ppmv H2S. 

CS = Measured concentration of the system 

performance gas when introduced in 

system calibration mode, ppmv H2S. 

CV = Manufacturer certified concentration of 

a calibration gas (low, mid, or high), 

ppmv SO2. 

CSO2 = Unadjusted sample SO2 concentration, 

ppmv. 

CTRS = Total reduced sulfur concentration 

corrected for system performance, ppmv. 

DF = Dilution system (if used) dilution factor, 

dimensionless. 

SP = System performance, percent. 

* * * * * 

12.5 TRS Concentration as SO2. For each 

sample or test run, calculate the arithmetic 

average of SO2 concentration values (e.g., 1- 

minute averages). Then calculate the sample 

TRS concentration by adjusting the average 

value of CSO2 for system performance using 

Equation 16C–4. 

* * * * * 

Method 18—Measurement of Gaseous 

Organic Compound Emissions by Gas 

Chromatography 

* * * * * 

8.2.1.1.2 Sampling Procedure. To obtain a 

sample, assemble the sample train as shown 

in Figure 18–9. Leak-check both the bag and 

the container. Connect the vacuum line from 

the needle valve to the Teflon sample line 

from the probe. Place the end of the probe 

at the centroid of the stack or at a point no 

closer to the walls than 1 in., and start the 

pump. Set the flow rate so that the final 

volume of the sample is approximately 80 

percent of the bag capacity. After allowing 

sufficient time to purge the line several 

times, connect the vacuum line to the bag, 

and evacuate until the rotameter indicates no 

flow. Then position the sample and vacuum 

lines for sampling, and begin the actual 

sampling, keeping the rate proportional to 

the stack velocity. As a precaution, direct the 

gas exiting the rotameter away from sampling 

personnel. At the end of the sample period, 

shut off the pump, disconnect the sample 

line from the bag, and disconnect the vacuum 

line from the bag container. Record the 

source temperature, barometric pressure, 

ambient temperature, sampling flow rate, and 

initial and final sampling time on the data 

sheet shown in Figure 18–10. Protect the bag 

and its container from sunlight. Record the 

time lapsed between sample collection and 

analysis, and then conduct the recovery 

procedure in Section 8.4.2. 

* * * * * 

8.2.1.4 Other Modified Bag Sampling 

Procedures. In the event that condensation is 

observed in the bag while collecting the 

sample and a direct interface system cannot 

be used, heat the bag during collection and 

maintain it at a suitably elevated temperature 

during all subsequent operations. (Note: Take 

care to leak-check the system prior to the 

dilutions so as not to create a potentially 

explosive atmosphere.) As an alternative, 

collect the sample gas, and simultaneously 

dilute it in the bag. 

* * * * * 

8.2.1.4.2 Second Alternative Procedure. 

Prefill the bag with a known quantity of inert 

gas. Meter the inert gas into the bag according 

to the procedure for the preparation of gas 

concentration standards of volatile liquid 

materials (Section 10.1.2.2), but eliminate the 

midget impinger section. Take the partly 

filled bag to the source, and meter the source 

gas into the bag through heated sampling 

lines and a heated flowmeter, or Teflon 

positive displacement pump. Verify the 

dilution factors before sampling each bag 

through dilution and analysis of gases of 

known concentration. 

* * * * * 

8.2.1.5.2.3 Analyze the two field audit 

samples as described in Section 9.2 by 

connecting each bag containing an audit gas 

mixture to the sampling valve. Calculate the 

results; record and report the data to the 

audit supervisor. 

* * * * * 

16.1.1.12 Flexible Bags. Tedlar or 

equivalent, 10- and 50-liter capacity, for 

preparation of standards. (Verify through the 

manufacturer that the Tedlar alternative is 

suitable for the compound of interest and 

make this verifying information available for 

inspection.) 

* * * * * 

16.1.3.2 Flexible Bag Procedure. Any 

leak-free plastic (e.g., Tedlar, Mylar, Teflon) 

or plastic-coated aluminum (e.g., aluminized 

Mylar) bag, or equivalent, can be used to 

obtain the pre-survey sample. Use new bags, 

and leak-check them before field use. In 

addition, check the bag before use for 

contamination by filling it with nitrogen or 

air and analyzing the gas by GC at high 

sensitivity. Experience indicates that it is 

desirable to allow the inert gas to remain in 

the bag about 24 hours or longer to check for 

desorption of organics from the bag. Follow 

the leak-check and sample collection 

procedures given in Section 8.2.1. 

* * * * * 

18.0 * * * 

Figure 18–3. Preparation of Standards in 

Tedlar or Tedlar-Equlivalent Bags and 

Calibration Curve 

* * * * * 

Figure 18–10. Field Sample Data Sheet— 

Tedlar or Tedlar-Equivalent Bag Collection 

Method 

* * * * * 

■ 28. Amend appendix A–7 to part 60 

as follows: 

■ a. By amending Method 23 as follows: 

■ i. By revising sections 2.2.7, 4.1.1.3, 

and 4.2.7. 

■ ii. By adding and reserving section 

8.0. 

■ b. By revising Method 24, section 

11.2.2. 

■ c. By revising Method 25, section 

7.1.3. 

■ d. Amend Method 25C as follows: 

■ i. By revising sections 6.1 and 12.1. 

■ ii. By adding a new section 8.2.3. 

■ e. By revising Method 25D, the first 

sentence in section 9.1. 

Appendix A–7 to Part 60—Test 

Methods 19 Through 25E 

* * * * * 

Method 23—Determination of 

Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and 

Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans From 

Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

2.2.7 Storage Container. Air-tight 

container to store silica gel. 

* * * * * 

4.1.1.3 Sample Train. It is suggested that 

all components be maintained according to 

the procedure described in APTD–0576. 

Alternative mercury-free thermometers may 

be used if the thermometers are, at a 

minimum, equivalent in terms of 

performance or suitably effective for the 

specific temperature measurement 

application. 

* * * * * 

4.2.7 Silica Gel. Note the color of the 

indicating silica gel to determine if it has 

been completely spent and make a mention 

of its condition. Transfer the silica gel from 

the fifth impinger to its original container 

and seal. If a moisture determination is made, 

follow the applicable procedures in sections 

8.7.6.3 and 11.2.3 of Method 5 to handle and 

weigh the silica gel. If moisture is not 

measured, the silica gel may be disposed. 

* * * * * 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.016</GPH>
11268 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

8.0 [Reserved] 

* * * * * 

Method 24—Determination of Volatile 

Matter Content, Water Content, Density, 

Volume Solids, and Weight Solids of Surface 

Coatings 

* * * * * 

11.2.2 Volatile Content. To determine 

total volatile content, use the apparatus and 

reagents described in ASTM D2369 

(incorporated by reference; see § 60.17 for the 

approved versions of the standard), 

respectively, and use the following 

procedures: 

* * * * * 

Method 25—Determination of Total Gaseous 

Nonmethane Organic Emissions as Carbon 

* * * * * 

7.1.3 Filters. Glass fiber filters, without 

organic binder, exhibiting at least 99.95 

percent efficiency (<0.05 percent penetration) 

on 0.3 micron dioctyl phthalate smoke 

particles. The filter efficiency test shall be 

conducted in accordance with ASTM Method 

D2986–71, 78, or 95a (incorporated by 

reference—see § 60.17). Test data from the 

supplier’s quality control program are 

sufficient for this purpose. 

* * * * * 

Method 25C—Determination of Nonmethane 

Organic Compounds (NMOC) in MSW 

Landfill Gases 

* * * * * 

6.1 Sample Probe. Stainless steel, with 

the bottom third perforated. Teflon probe 

liners and sampling lines are also allowed. 

Non-perforated probes are allowed as long as 

they are withdrawn to create a gap equivalent 

to having the bottom third perforated. The 

sample probe must be capped at the bottom 

and must have a threaded cap with a 

sampling attachment at the top. The sample 

probe must be long enough to go through and 

extend no less than 0.9 m (3 ft) below the 

landfill cover. If the sample probe is to be 

driven into the landfill, the bottom cap 

should be designed to facilitate driving the 

probe into the landfill. 

* * * * * 

8.2.3 Driven Probes. Closed-point probes 

may be driven directly into the landfill in a 

single step. This method may not require 

backfilling if the probe is adequately sealed 

by its insertion. Unperforated probes that are 

inserted in this manner and withdrawn at a 

distance from a detachable tip to create an 

open space are also acceptable. 

* * * * * 

12.1 Nomenclature. 

Bw = Moisture content in the sample, 

fraction. 

CN2 = Reported N2 concentration (CN2Corr by 

Method 3C), fraction. 

Ct = Calculated NMOC concentration, ppmv 

C equivalent. 

Ctm = Measured NMOC concentration, ppmv 

C equivalent. 

Pb = Barometric pressure, mm Hg. 

Pt = Gas sample tank pressure after sampling, 

but before pressurizing, mm Hg absolute. 

Ptf = Final gas sample tank pressure after 

pressurizing, mm Hg absolute. 

Pti = Gas sample tank pressure after 

evacuation, mm Hg absolute. 

Pw = Vapor pressure of H2O (from Table 25C– 

1), mm Hg. 

r = Total number of analyzer injections of 

sample tank during analysis (where 

j=injection number, 1 . . . r). 

Tt = Sample tank temperature at completion 

of sampling, °K. 

Tti = Sample tank temperature before 

sampling, °K. 

Ttf = Sample tank temperature after 

pressurizing, °K. 

* * * * * 

Method 25D—Determination of the Volatile 

Organic Concentration of Waste Samples 

* * * * * 

9.1 Quality Control Samples. If audit 

samples are not available, prepare and 

analyze the two types of quality control 

samples (QCS) listed in Sections 9.1.1 and 

9.1.2. * * * 

* * * * * 

■ 29. Amend appendix A–8 to part 60 

as follows: 

■ a. By amending Method 26 as follows: 

■ i. By revising sections 6.1.1, 6.1.5, and 

8.1.2. 

■ ii. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 

17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0, 

respectively. 

■ iii. By adding a new section 16.0. 

■ b. By revising Method 26A, sections 

6.1.7, 8.1.5, and 8.1.6. 

■ c. By amending Method 29 as follows: 

■ i. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 

17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0, 

respectively. 

■ ii. By adding a new section 16.0. 

■ d. By revising Method 30B, the 

introductory text to section 8.2.2.1, the 

note to section 8.2.4, the note to section 

8.2.6.2, and sections 9.0, 10.3, 10.4, 

11.3. 

Appendix A–8 to Part 60—Text 

Methods 26 Through 30B 

* * * * * 

Method 26—Determination of Hydrogen 

Halide and Halogen Emissions From 

Stationary Sources Non-Isokinetic Method 

* * * * * 

6.1.1 Probe. Borosilicate glass, 

approximately 3/8-in. (9-mm) I.D. with a 

heating system capable of maintaining a 

probe gas temperature during sampling 

between 120 and 134 °C (248 and 273 °F) to 

prevent moisture condensation; or Teflon 

where stack probes are below 210 °C. If HF 

is a target analyte, then preconditioning of 

new teflon components by heating should be 

considered to prevent potential HF 

outgassing. A Teflon-glass filter in a mat 

configuration should be installed to remove 

particulate matter from the gas stream. 

* * * * * 

6.1.5 Heating System. Any heating system 

capable of maintaining a temperature around 

the probe and filter holder between 120 and 

134 °C (248 and 273 °F) during sampling, or 

such other temperature as specified by an 

applicable subpart of the standards or 

approved by the Administrator for a 

particular application. 

* * * * * 

8.1.2 Adjust the probe temperature and 

the temperature of the filter and the stopcock 

(i.e., the heated area in Figure 26–1) to a 

temperature sufficient to prevent water 

condensation. This temperature must be 

maintained between 120 and 134 °C (248 and 

273 °F). The temperature should be 

monitored throughout a sampling run to 

ensure that the desired temperature is 

maintained. It is important to maintain a 

temperature around the probe and filter in 

this range since it is extremely difficult to 

purge acid gases off these components. 

(These components are not quantitatively 

recovered and, hence, any collection of acid 

gases on these components would result in 

potential undereporting of these emissions. 

The applicable subparts may specify 

alternative higher temperatures.) 

* * * * * 

16.0 Alternative Procedures 

Method 26A. Method 26A, which uses 

isokinetic sampling equipment, is an 

acceptable alternative to Method 26. 

* * * * * 

Method 26A—Determination of Hydrogen 

Halide and Halogen Emissions From 

Stationary Sources—Isokinetic Method 

* * * * * 

6.1.7 Heating System. Any heating system 

capable of maintaining a temperature around 

the probe and filter holder between 120 and 

134 °C (248 to 273 °F) during sampling, or 

such other temperature as specified by an 

applicable subpart of the standards or 

approved by the Administrator for a 

particular application. 

* * * * * 

8.1.5 Sampling Train Operation. Follow 

the general procedure given in Method 5, 

Section 8.5. It is important to maintain a 

temperature around the probe, filter (and 

cyclone, if used) between 120 and 134 °C 

(248 and 273 °F) since it is extremely 

difficult to purge acid gases off these 

components. (These components are not 

quantitatively recovered and hence any 

collection of acid gases on these components 

would result in potential undereporting these 

emissions. The applicable subparts may 

specify alternative higher temperatures.) For 

each run, record the data required on a data 

sheet such as the one shown in Method 5, 

Figure 5–3. If the condensate impinger 

becomes too full, it may be emptied, 

recharged with 50 ml of 0.1 N H2SO4, and 

replaced during the sample run. The 

condensate emptied must be saved and 

included in the measurement of the volume 

of moisture collected and included in the 

sample for analysis. The additional 50 ml of 

absorbing reagent must also be considered in 

calculating the moisture. Before the sampling 

train integrity is compromised by removing 

the impinger, conduct a leak-check as 

described in Method 5, Section 8.4.2. 

8.1.6 Post-Test Moisture Removal 

(Optional). When the optional cyclone is 

included in the sampling train or when 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11269 

liquid is visible on the filter at the end of a 

sample run even in the absence of a cyclone, 

perform the following procedure. Upon 

completion of the test run, connect the 

ambient air conditioning tube at the probe 

inlet and operate the train with the filter 

heating system between 120 and 134 °C (248 

and 275 °F) at a low flow rate (e.g., DH = 1 

in. H2O) to vaporize any liquid and hydrogen 

halides in the cyclone or on the filter and 

pull them through the train into the 

impingers. After 30 minutes, turn off the 

flow, remove the conditioning tube, and 

examine the cyclone and filter for any visible 

liquid. If liquid is visible, repeat this step for 

15 minutes and observe again. Keep 

repeating until the cyclone is dry. 

* * * * * 

Method 29—Determination of Metals 

Emissions From Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

16.0 Alternative Procedures 

16.1 Alternative Analyzer. Samples may 

also be analyzed by cold vapor atomic 

fluorescence spectrometry. 

16.2 [Reserved]. 

* * * * * 

Method 30B—Determination of Total Vapor 

Phase Mercury Emissions From Coal-Fired 

Combustion Sources Using Carbon Sorbent 

Traps 

* * * * * 

8.2.2.1 Determination of Minimum 

Calibration Concentration or Mass. Based on 

your instrument’s sensitivity and linearity, 

determine the calibration concentrations or 

masses that make up a representative low 

level calibration range. Verify that you are 

able to meet the multipoint calibration 

performance criteria in section 11.0 of this 

method. Select a calibration concentration or 

mass that is no less than 2 times the lowest 

concentration or mass in your calibration 

curve. The lowest point in your calibration 

curve must be at least 5, and preferably 10, 

times the Method Detection Limit (MDL), 

which is the minimum amount of the analyte 

that can be detected and reported. The MDL 

must be determined at least once for the 

analytical system using an MDL study such 

as that found in section 15.0 to Method 301 

of appendix A to part 63 of this chapter. 

* * * * * 

8.2.4 * * * 

Note to Section 8.2.4: For the purposes of 

relative accuracy testing of Hg monitoring 

systems under subpart UUUUU of part 63 of 

this chapter and Performance Specifications 

12A and 12B in appendix B to this part, 

when the stack gas Hg concentration is 

expected to be very low (<0.5 mg/dscm), you 

may estimate the Hg concentration at 0.5 mg/ 

dscm. 

* * * * * 

8.2.6.2 * * * 

Note to Section 8.2.6.2: It is acceptable to 

perform the field recovery test concurrent 

with actual test runs (e.g., through the use of 

a quad probe). It is also acceptable to use the 

field recovery test runs as test runs for 

emissions testing or for the RATA of a Hg 

monitoring system under subpart UUUUU of 

part 63 of this chapter and Performance 

Specifications 12A and 12B in appendix B to 

this part, if certain conditions are met. To 

determine whether a particular field recovery 

test run may be used as a RATA run, subtract 

the mass of the Hg0 spike from the total Hg 

mass collected in sections 1 and 2 of the 

spiked trap. The difference represents the 

mass of Hg in the stack gas sample. Divide 

this mass by the sample volume to obtain the 

Hg concentration in the effluent gas stream, 

as measured with the spiked trap. Compare 

this concentration to the corresponding Hg 

concentration measured with the unspiked 

trap. If the paired trains meet the relative 

deviation and other applicable data 

validation criteria in Table 9–1, then the 

average of the two Hg concentrations may be 

used as an emissions test run value or as the 

reference method value for a RATA run. 

* * * * * 

9.0 Quality Assurance and Quality Control 

Table 9–1 summarizes the QA/QC 

performance criteria that are used to validate 

the Hg emissions data from Method 30B 

sorbent trap measurement systems. 

TABLE 9–1—QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL CRITERIA FOR METHOD 30B 

QA/QC test or specification Acceptance criteria Frequency Consequences if not met 

Gas flow meter calibration (At 3 

settings or points).

Calibration factor (Yi) at each flow 

rate must be within ±2% of the 

average value (Y).

Prior to initial use and when posttest check is not within ±5% of 

Y.

Recalibrate at 3 points until the 

acceptance criteria are met. 

Gas flow meter post-test calibration check (Single-point).Calibration factor (Yi) must be 

within ±5% of the Y value from 

the most recent 3-point calibration.

After each field test. For mass 

flow meters, must be done onsite, using stack gas.

Recalibrate gas flow meter at 3 

points to determine a new value 

of Y. For mass flow meters, 

must be done on-site, using 

stack gas. Apply the new Y 

value to the field test data. 

Temperature sensor calibration ..... Absolute temperature measures 

by sensor within ±1.5% of a reference sensor.

Prior to initial use and before 

each test thereafter.

Recalibrate; sensor may not be 

used until specification is met. 

Barometer calibration ..................... Absolute pressure measured by 

instrument within ±10 mm Hg of 

reading with a mercury barometer or NIST traceable barometer.

Prior to initial use and before 

each test thereafter.

Recalibrate; instrument may not 

be used until specification is 

met. 

Pre-test leak check ........................ ≤4% of target sampling rate ......... Prior to sampling .......................... Sampling shall not commence 

until the leak check is passed. 

Post-test leak check ...................... ≤4% of average sampling rate ..... After sampling ............................... Sample invalidated.* 

Analytical matrix interference test 

(wet chemical analysis, only).

Establish minimum dilution (if any) 

needed to eliminate sorbent 

matrix interferences.

Prior to analyzing any field samples; repeat for each type of 

sorbent used.

Field sample results not validated. 

Analytical bias test ......................... Average recovery between 90% 

and 110% for Hg0 and HgCl2 at 

each of the 2 spike concentration levels.

Prior to analyzing field samples 

and prior to use of new sorbent 

media.

Field samples shall not be analyzed until the percent recovery 

criteria has been met. 

Multipoint analyzer calibration ....... Each analyzer reading within 

±10% of true value and r2≥0.99.

On the day of analysis, before 

analyzing any samples.

Recalibrate until successful. 

Analysis of independent calibration 

standard.

Within ±10% of true value ............ Following daily calibration, prior to 

analyzing field samples.

Recalibrate and repeat independent standard analysis until 

successful. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11270 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

TABLE 9–1—QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL CRITERIA FOR METHOD 30B—Continued 

QA/QC test or specification Acceptance criteria Frequency Consequences if not met 

Analysis of continuing calibration 

verification standard (CCVS).

Within ±10% of true value ............ Following daily calibration, after 

analyzing ≤10 field samples, 

and at end of each set of analyses.

Recalibrate and repeat independent standard analysis, reanalyze samples until successful, if possible; for destructive 

techniques, samples invalidated. 

Test run total sample volume ........ Within ±20% of total volume sampled during field recovery test.Each individual sample ................. Sample invalidated. 

Sorbent trap section 2 breakthrough.For compliance/emissions testing: Every sample ................................ Sample invalidated.* 

≤10% of section 1 Hg mass 

for Hg concentrations >1 

μg/dscm; 

≤20% of section 1 Hg mass 

for Hg concentrations ≤1 

μg/dscm.

≤50% of section 1 Hg mass if 

the stack Hg concentration 

is ≤30% of the Hg concentration that is equivalent 

to the applicable emission 

limit.

For relative accuracy testing: 

≤10% of section 1 Hg mass 

for Hg concentrations >1 

μg/dscm; 

≤20% of section 1 Hg mass 

for Hg concentrations ≤1 

μg/dscm and >0.5 μg/

dscm; 

≤50% of section 1 Hg mass 

for Hg concentrations ≤0.5 

μg/dscm >0.1 μg/dscm; 

no criterion for Hg concentrations ≤0.1 μg/dscm (must 

meet all other QA/QC 

specifications).

Paired sorbent trap agreement ...... ≤10% Relative Deviation (RD) 

mass for Hg concentrations >1 

μg/dscm; 

Every run ...................................... Run invalidated.* 

≤20% RD or ≤0.2 μg/dscm absolute difference for Hg concentrations ≤1 μg/dscm.

Sample analysis ............................. Within valid calibration range 

(within calibration curve).

All Section 1 samples where 

stack Hg concentration is ≥0.02 

μg/dscm except in case where 

stack Hg concentration is ≤30% 

of the applicable emission limit.

Reanalyze at more concentrated 

level if possible, samples invalidated if not within calibrated 

range. 

Sample analysis ............................. Within bounds of Hg0 and HgCl2

Analytical Bias Test.

All Section 1 samples where 

stack Hg concentration is ≥0.5 

μg/dscm.

Expand bounds of Hg0 and HgCl2

Analytical Bias Test; if not successful, samples invalidated. 

Field recovery test ......................... Average recovery between 85% 

and 115% for Hg0.

Once per field test ........................ Field sample runs not validated 

without successful field recovery test. 

* And data from the pair of sorbent traps are also invalidated. 

* * * * * 

10.3 Thermocouples and Other 

Temperature Sensors. Use the procedures 

and criteria in Section 10.3 of Method 2 in 

appendix A–1 to this part to calibrate instack temperature sensors and 

thermocouples. Dial thermometers shall be 

calibrated against mercury-in-glass 

thermometers or equivalent. Calibrations 

must be performed prior to initial use and 

before each field test thereafter. At each 

calibration point, the absolute temperature 

measured by the temperature sensor must 

agree to within ±1.5 percent of the 

temperature measured with the reference 

sensor, otherwise the sensor may not 

continue to be used. 

10.4 Barometer. Calibrate against a 

mercury barometer or other NIST-traceable 

barometer as per Section 10.6 of Method 5 in 

appendix A–3 to this part. Calibration must 

be performed prior to initial use and before 

each test program, and the absolute pressure 

measured by the barometer must agree to 

within ±10 mm Hg of the pressure measured 

by the mercury or other NIST-traceable 

barometer, otherwise the barometer may not 

continue to be used. 

* * * * * 

11.3 Field Sample Analyses. Analyze the 

sorbent trap samples following the same 

procedures that were used for conducting the 

Hg0 and HgCl2 analytical bias tests. The 

individual sections of the sorbent trap and 

their respective components must be 

analyzed separately (i.e., section 1 and its 

components, then section 2 and its 

components). All sorbent trap section 1 

sample analyses must be within the 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11271 

calibrated range of the analytical system as 

specified in Table 9–1. For wet analyses, the 

sample can simply be diluted to fall within 

the calibrated range. However, for the 

destructive thermal analyses, samples that 

are not within the calibrated range cannot be 

re-analyzed. As a result, the sample cannot 

be validated, and another sample must be 

collected. It is strongly suggested that the 

analytical system be calibrated over multiple 

ranges so that thermally analyzed samples 

fall within the calibrated range. The total 

mass of Hg measured in each sorbent trap 

section 1 must also fall within the lower and 

upper mass limits established during the 

initial Hg0 and HgCl2 analytical bias test. If 

a sample is analyzed and found to fall 

outside of these limits, it is acceptable for an 

additional Hg0 and HgCl2 analytical bias test 

to be performed that now includes this level. 

However, some samples (e.g., the mass 

collected in trap section 2), may have Hg 

levels so low that it may not be possible to 

quantify them in the analytical system’s 

calibrated range. Because a reliable estimate 

of these low-level Hg measurements is 

necessary to fully validate the emissions 

data, the MDL (see section 8.2.2.1 of this 

method) is used to establish the minimum 

amount that can be detected and reported. If 

the measured mass or concentration is below 

the lowest point in the calibration curve and 

above the MDL, the analyst must estimate the 

mass or concentration of the sample based on 

the analytical instrument response relative to 

an additional calibration standard at a 

concentration or mass between the MDL and 

the lowest point in the calibration curve. 

This is accomplished by establishing a 

response factor (e.g., area counts per Hg mass 

or concentration) and estimating the amount 

of Hg present in the sample based on the 

analytical response and this response factor. 

Example: The analysis of a particular 

sample results in a measured mass above the 

MDL, but below the lowest point in the 

calibration curve which is 10 ng. An MDL of 

1.3 ng Hg has been established by the MDL 

study. A calibration standard containing 5 ng 

of Hg is analyzed and gives an analytical 

response of 6,170 area counts, which equates 

to a response factor of 1,234 area counts/ng 

Hg. The analytical response for the sample is 

4,840 area counts. Dividing the analytical 

response for the sample (4,840 area counts) 

by the response factor gives 3.9 ng Hg, which 

is the estimated mass of Hg in the sample. 

* * * * * 

■ 30. Amend appendix B to part 60 as 

follows: 

■ a. By revising Performance 

Specification 3, section 13.2. 

■ b. By revising Performance 

Specification 4, section 8.2. 

■ c. By revising Performance 

Specification 4B, section 7.1.1. 

■ d. By amending Performance 

Specification 7 as follows: 

■ i. By revising section 8.4. 

■ ii. By adding reference 5. to section 

16.0. 

■ e. By revising Performance 

Specification 11, sections 12.1(1) and 

(2). 

■ f. By revising Performance 

Specification 12B, table 12B–1 in 

section 9.0 and section 12.8.3. 

■ g. By revising Performance 

Specification 15, sections 11.1.1.4.2 and 

11.1.1.4.3. 

■ h. By revising Performance 

Specification 16, sections 6.1.7, 8.2.1, 

9.1, 9.3, 9.4, 12.4, and 13.5. 

Appendix B to Part 60—Performance 

Specifications 

* * * * * 

Performance Specification 3—Specifications 

and Test Procedures for O2 and CO2

Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems in 

Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

13.2 CEMS Relative Accuracy 

Performance Specification. The RA of the 

CEMS must be no greater than 20 percent of 

the mean value of the reference method (RM) 

data. The results are also acceptable if the 

absolute value of the difference between the 

mean RM value and the mean CEMS value 

is less than or equal to 1.0 percent O2 (or 

CO2). 

* * * * * 

Performance Specification 4—Specifications 

and Test Procedures for Carbon Monoxide 

Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems in 

Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

8.2 Reference Methods. Unless otherwise 

specified in an applicable subpart of the 

regulation, Method 10, 10A, 10B or other 

approved alternative are the RM for this PS. 

* * * * * 

Performance Specification 4B— 

Specifications and Test Procedures for 

Carbon Monoxide and Oxygen Continuous 

Monitoring Systems in Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

7.1.1 Calculations. Summarize the results 

on a data sheet. Average the differences 

between the instrument response and the 

certified cylinder gas value for each gas. 

Calculate the CE results for the CO monitor 

according to: 

CE = | d/FS | x 100 (1) 

Where d is the mean difference between the 

CEMS response and the known reference 

concentration, and FS is the span value. 

The CE for the O2 monitor is the average 

percent O2 difference between the O2

monitor and the certified cylinder gas 

value for each gas. 

* * * * * 

Performance Specification 7—Specifications 

and Test Procedures for Hydrogen Sulfide 

Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems in 

Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

8.4 Relative Accuracy Test Procedure. 

8.4.1 Sampling Strategy for RM Tests, 

Number of RM Tests, Correlation of RM and 

CEMS Data, and Calculations. These are the 

same as that in PS–2, Sections 8.4.3 (except 

as specified below), 8.4.4, 8.4.5, and 8.4.6, 

respectively. 

8.4.2 Reference Methods. Unless 

otherwise specified in an applicable subpart 

of the regulation, Methods 11, 15, and 16 

may be used for the RM for this PS. 

8.4.2.1 Sampling Time Per Run—Method 

11. A sampling run, when Method 11 

(integrated sampling) is used, shall consist of 

a single measurement for at least 10 minutes 

and 0.010 dscm (0.35 dscf). Each sample 

shall be taken at approximately 30-minute 

intervals. 

8.4.2.2 Sampling Time Per Run— 

Methods 15 and 16. The sampling run shall 

consist of two injections equally spaced over 

a 30-minute period following the procedures 

described in the particular method. Note: 

Caution! Heater or non-approved electrical 

probes should not be used around explosive 

or flammable sources. 

* * * * * 

16.0 * * * 

5. Letter to RAMCON Environmental Corp. 

from Robert Kellam, December 27, 1992. 

* * * * * 

Performance Specification 11— 

Specifications and Test Procedures for 

Particulate Matter Continuous Emission 

Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

12.1 * * * 

(1) Calculate the upscale drift (UD) using 

Equation 11–1: 

Where: 

UD = The upscale (high-level) drift of your 

PM CEMS in percent, 

RCEM = The measured PM CEMS response to 

the upscale reference standard, and 

RU = The pre-established numerical value of 

the upscale reference standard. 

FS= Full-scale value. 

(2) Calculate the zero drift (ZD) using 

Equation 11–2: 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.017</GPH>
11272 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

Where: 

ZD = The zero (low-level) drift of your PM 

CEMS in percent, 

RCEM = The measured PM CEMS response to 

the zero reference standard, 

RL = The pre-established numerical value of 

the zero reference standard, and 

FS = Full-scale value. 

* * * * * 

Performance Specification 12B— 

Specifications and Test Procedures for 

Monitoring Total Vapor Phase Mercury 

Emissions from Stationary Sources Using a 

Sorbent Trap Monitoring System 

* * * * * 

9.0 * * * 

TABLE 12B–1—QA/QC CRITERIA FOR SORBENT TRAP MONITORING SYSTEMS

QA/QC test or 

specification Acceptance criteria Frequency Consequences if not met 

Pre-test leak check ........................ ≤4% of target sampling rate ......... Prior to monitoring ........................ Monitoring must not commence 

until the leak check is passed. 

Post-test leak check ...................... ≤4% of average sampling rate ..... After monitoring ............................ Invalidate the data from the 

paired traps or, if certain conditions are met, report adjusted 

data from a single trap (see 

Section 12.8.3). 

Ratio of stack gas flow rate to 

sample flow rate.

No more than 5% of the hourly 

ratios or 5 hourly ratios (whichever is less restrictive) may deviate from the reference ratio by 

more than ±25%.

Every hour throughout monitoring 

period.

Invalidate the data from the 

paired traps or, if certain conditions are met, report adjusted 

data from a single trap (see 

Section 12.8.3). 

Sorbent trap section 2 breakthrough.≤5% of Section 1 Hg mass ..........

≤10% of Section 1 Hg mass if average Hg concentration is ≤0.5 

μg/scm.

Every sample ................................ Invalidate the data from the 

paired traps or, if certain conditions are met, report adjusted 

data from a single trap (see 

Section 12.8.3). 

No criterion when Hg concentration for trap less than 10% of 

the applicable emission limit 

(must meet all other QA/QC 

specifications).

Paired sorbent trap agreement ...... ≤10% Relative Deviation (RD) if 

the average concentration is > 

1.0 μg/m3.

≤20% RD if the average concentration is ≤1.0 μg/m3.

Every sample ................................ Either invalidate the data from the 

paired traps or report the results from the trap with the 

higher Hg concentration. 

Results also acceptable if absolute difference between concentrations from paired traps is 

≤ 0.03 μg/m3.

Spike Recovery Study ................... Average recovery between 85% 

and 115% for each of the 3 

spike concentration levels.

Prior to analyzing field samples 

and prior to use of new sorbent 

media.

Field samples must not be analyzed until the percent recovery 

criteria have been met. 

Multipoint analyzer calibration ....... Each analyzer reading within ± 

10% of true value and r2 ≥ 0.99.

On the day of analysis, before 

analyzing any samples.

Recalibrate until successful. 

Analysis of independent calibration 

standard.

Within ± 10% of true value ........... Following daily calibration, prior to 

analyzing field samples.

Recalibrate and repeat independent standard analysis until 

successful. 

Spike recovery from section 3 of 

both sorbent traps.

75–125% of spike amount ............ Every sample ................................ Invalidate the data from the 

paired traps or, if certain conditions are met, report adjusted 

data from a single trap (see 

Section 12.8.3). 

Relative Accuracy .......................... RA ≤ 20.0% of RM mean value; 

or if RM mean value ≤5.0 μg/

scm, absolute difference between RM and sorbent trap 

monitoring system mean values 

≤1.0 μg/scm.

RA specification must be met for 

initial certification.

Data from the system are invalid 

until a RA test is passed. 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.018</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11273 

TABLE 12B–1—QA/QC CRITERIA FOR SORBENT TRAP MONITORING SYSTEMS—Continued 

QA/QC test or 

specification Acceptance criteria Frequency Consequences if not met 

Gas flow meter calibration ............. An initial calibration factor (Y) has 

been determined at 3 settings; 

for mass flow meters, initial calibration with stack gas has been 

performed. For subsequent calibrations, Y within ±5% of average value from the most recent 

3-point calibration.

At 3 settings prior to initial use 

and at least quarterly at one 

setting thereafter.

Recalibrate meter at 3 settings to 

determine a new value of Y. 

Temperature sensor calibration ..... Absolute temperature measured 

by sensor within ± 1.5% of a 

reference sensor.

Prior to initial use and at least 

quarterly thereafter.

Recalibrate; sensor may not be 

used until specification is met. 

Barometer calibration ..................... Absolute pressure measured by 

instrument within ± 10 mm Hg 

of reading with a NIST-traceable barometer.

Prior to initial use and at least 

quarterly thereafter.

Recalibrate; instrument may not 

be used until specification is 

met. 

* * * * * 

12.8.3 For the routine, day-to-day 

operation of the monitoring system, when 

one of the two sorbent trap samples or 

sampling systems either: (a) Fails the postmonitoring leak check; or (b) has excessive 

section 2 breakthrough; or (c) fails to 

maintain the proper stack flow-to-sample 

flow ratio; or (d) fails to achieve the required 

section 3 spike recovery; or (e) is lost, broken, 

or damaged, provided that the other trap 

meets the acceptance criteria for all four of 

these QC specifications, the Hg concentration 

measured by the valid trap may be multiplied 

by a factor of 1.111 and then used for 

reporting purposes. Further, if both traps 

meet the acceptance criteria for all four of 

these QC specifications, but the acceptance 

criterion for paired trap agreement is not met, 

the owner or operator may report the higher 

of the two Hg concentrations measured by 

the traps, in lieu of invalidating the data from 

the paired traps. 

* * * * * 

Performance Specification 15—Performance 

Specification for Extractive FTIR Continuous 

Emission Monitoring Systems in Stationary 

Sources 

* * * * * 

11.1.1.4.2 RMs Using a Grab Sampling 

Technique. Synchronize the RM and FTIR 

CEM measurements as closely as possible. 

For a grab sampling RM, record the volume 

collected and the exact sampling period for 

each sample. Synchronize the FTIR CEM so 

that the FTIR measures a spectrum of a 

similar cell volume at the same time as the 

RM grab sample was collected. Measure at 

least five independent samples with both the 

FTIR CEM and the RM for each of the 

minimum nine runs. Compare the run 

concentration averages by using the relative 

accuracy analysis procedure in Performance 

Specification 2 of appendix B of 40 CFR part 

60. 

11.1.1.4.3 Continuous Emission Monitors 

as RMs. If the RM is a CEM, synchronize the 

sampling flow rates of the RM and the FTIR 

CEM. Each run is at least 1 hour long and 

consists of at least 10 FTIR CEM 

measurements and the corresponding 10 RM 

measurements (or averages). For the 

statistical comparison, use the relative 

accuracy analysis procedure in Performance 

Specification 2 of appendix B of 40 CFR part 

60. If the RM time constant is < 1⁄2 the FTIR 

CEM time constant, brief fluctuations in 

analyte concentrations that are not 

adequately measured with the slower FTIR 

CEM time constant can be excluded from the 

run average along with the corresponding RM 

measurements. However, the FTIR CEM run 

average must still include at least 10 

measurements over a 1-hour period. 

* * * * * 

Performance Specification 16— 

Specifications and Test Procedures for 

Predictive Emission Monitoring Systems in 

Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

6.1.7 Sensor Location and Repair. We 

recommend you install sensors in an 

accessible location in order to perform 

repairs and replacements. Permanentlyinstalled platforms or ladders may not be 

needed. If you install sensors in an area that 

is not accessible, you may be required to shut 

down the emissions unit to repair or replace 

a sensor. Conduct a new RATA after 

replacing a sensor that supplies a critical 

PEMS parameter if the new sensor provides 

a different output or scaling or changes the 

historical training dataset of the PEMS. 

Replacement of a non-critical sensor that 

does not cause an impact in the accuracy of 

the PEMS does not trigger a RATA. All 

sensors must be calibrated as often as needed 

but at least as often as recommended by the 

manufacturers. 

* * * * * 

8.2.1 Reference Methods. Unless 

otherwise specified in the applicable 

regulations, you must use the test methods in 

appendix A of this part for the RM test. 

Conduct the RM tests at three operating 

levels. The RM tests shall be performed at a 

low-load (or production) level between the 

minimum safe, stable load and 50 percent of 

the maximum level load, at the mid-load 

level (an intermediary level between the low 

and high levels), and at a high-load level 

between 80 percent and the maximum load. 

Alternatively, if practicable, you may test at 

three levels of the key operating parameter 

(e.g. selected based on a covariance analysis 

between each parameter and the PEMS 

output) equally spaced within the normal 

range of the parameter. 

* * * * * 

9.1 QA/QC Summary. Conduct the 

applicable ongoing tests listed below. 

ONGOING QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTS

Test PEMS regulatory 

purpose Acceptability Frequency 

Sensor Evaluation .......................... All .................................................. ....................................................... Daily. 

RAA ................................................ Compliance ................................... 3-test avg ≤10% of simultaneous 

analyzer or RM average.

Each quarter except quarter when 

RATA performed. 

RATA ............................................. All .................................................. Same as for RA in Sec. 13.1 ....... Yearly in quarter when RAA not 

performed. 

Bias Correction .............................. All .................................................. If davg ≤ |cc| ................................... Bias test passed (no correction 

factor needed). 

PEMS Training ............................... All .................................................. If Fcritical ≥F ...................................

r ≥0.8 ............................................

Optional after initial and subsequent RATAs. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11274 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

ONGOING QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTS—Continued 

Test PEMS regulatory 

purpose Acceptability Frequency 

Sensor Evaluation Alert Test (optional).All .................................................. See Section 6.1.8 ......................... After each PEMS training. 

* * * * * 

9.3 Quarterly Relative Accuracy Audits. 

In the first year of operation after the initial 

certification, perform a RAA consisting of at 

least three 30-minute portable analyzer or 

RM determinations each quarter a RATA is 

not performed. To conduct a RAA, follow the 

procedures in Section 8.2 for the relative 

accuracy test, except that only three sets of 

measurement data are required, and the 

statistical tests are not required. The average 

of the three or more portable analyzer or RM 

determinations must not exceed the limits 

given in Section 13.5. Report the data from 

all sets of measurement data. If a PEMS 

passes all quarterly RAAs in the first year 

and also passes the subsequent yearly RATA 

in the second year, you may elect to perform 

a single mid-year RAA in the second year in 

place of the quarterly RAAs. This option may 

be repeated, but only until the PEMS fails 

either a mid-year RAA or a yearly RATA. 

When such a failure occurs, you must resume 

quarterly RAAs in the quarter following the 

failure and continue conducting quarterly 

RAAs until the PEMS successfully passes 

both a year of quarterly RAAs and a 

subsequent RATA. 

9.4 Yearly Relative Accuracy Test. 

Perform a minimum 9-run RATA at the 

normal operating level on a yearly basis in 

the quarter that the RAA is not performed. 

The statistical tests in Section 8.3 are not 

required for the yearly RATA. 

* * * * * 

12.4 Relative Accuracy Audit. Calculate 

the quarterly RAA using Equation 16–9. 

* * * * * 

13.5 Relative Accuracy Audits. The 

average of the three portable analyzer or RM 

determinations must not differ from the 

simultaneous PEMS average value by more 

than 10 percent of the analyzer or RM for 

concentrations greater than 100 ppm or 20 

percent for concentrations between 100 and 

20 ppm, or the test is failed. For 

measurements at 20 ppm or less, this 

difference must not exceed 2 ppm for a 

pollutant PEMS and 1 percent absolute for a 

diluents PEMS. 

* * * * * 

■ 31. Amend appendix F to Part 60 as 

follows: 

■ a. By revising Procedure 1, section 

6.2. 

■ b. By revising Procedure 2, paragraphs 

(3) and (4) of section 12.0. 

■ c. By redesignating the second listing 

of section 6.2.6 as section 6.2.7 in 

Procedure 5. 

Appendix F to Part 60—Quality 

Assurance Procedures 

* * * * * 

Procedure 1—Quality Assurance 

Requirements for Gas Continuous Emission 

Monitoring Systems Used for Compliance 

Determination 

* * * * * 

6.2 RAA Accuracy Calculation. Use the 

calculation procedure in the relevant 

performance specification to calculate the 

accuracy for the RAA. The RAA must be 

calculated in the units of the applicable 

emission standard. 

* * * * * 

Procedure 2—Quality Assurance 

Requirements for Particulate Matter 

Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at 

Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

12.0 What calculations and data analysis 

must I perform for my PM CEMS? 

* * * * * 

(3) How do I calculate daily upscale and 

zero drift? You must calculate the upscale 

drift using Equation 2–2 and the zero drift 

using Equation 2–3: 

Where: 

UD = The upscale drift of your PM CEMS, 

in percent, 

RCEM = Your PM CEMS response to the 

upscale check value, and 

RU = The upscale check value. 

FS = Full-scale value. 

Where: 

ZD = The zero (low-level) drift of your PM 

CEMS, in percent, 

RCEM = Your PM CEMS response of the zero 

check value, 

RL = The zero check value. 

(4) How do I calculate SVA accuracy? You 

must use Equation 2–4 to calculate the 

accuracy, in percent, for each of the three 

SVA tests or the daily sample volume check: 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.019</GPH> ER27FE14.021</GPH> ER27FE14.022</GPH> ER27FE14.023</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11275 

Where: 

VM = Sample gas volume determined/

reported by your PM CEMS (e.g., dscm), 

VR = Sample gas volume measured by the 

independent calibrated reference device 

(e.g., dscm) for the SVA or the reference 

value for the daily sample volume check. 

Note: Before calculating SVA accuracy, you 

must correct the sample gas volumes 

measured by your PM CEMS and the 

independent calibrated reference device to 

the same basis of temperature, pressure, and 

moisture content. You must document all 

data and calculations. 

* * * * * 

PART 61—NATIONAL EMISSION 

STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR 

POLLUTANTS 

■ 32. The authority citation for part 61 

continues to read as follows: 

Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq. 

Subpart A—[Amended] 

■ 33. Amend § 61.13 by revising 

paragraph (e)(1)(i) to read as follows: 

§ 61.13 Emission tests and waiver of 

emission tests. 

* * * * * 

(e) * * * 

(1) * * * 

(i) The source owner, operator, or 

representative of the tested facility shall 

obtain an audit sample, if commercially 

available, from an AASP for each test 

method used for regulatory compliance 

purposes. No audit samples are required 

for the following test methods: Methods 

3A and 3C of appendix A–3 of part 60; 

Methods 6C, 7E, 9, and 10 of appendix 

A–4 of part 60; Method 18 and 19 of 

appendix A–6 of part 60; Methods 20, 

22, and 25A of appendix A–7 of part 60; 

and Methods 303, 318, 320, and 321 of 

appendix A of part 63. If multiple 

sources at a single facility are tested 

during a compliance test event, only one 

audit sample is required for each 

method used during a compliance test. 

The compliance authority responsible 

for the compliance test may waive the 

requirement to include an audit sample 

if they believe that an audit sample is 

not necessary. ‘‘Commercially 

available’’ means that two or more 

independent AASPs have blind audit 

samples available for purchase. If the 

source owner, operator, or 

representative cannot find an audit 

sample for a specific method, the owner, 

operator, or representative shall consult 

the EPA Web site at the following URL, 

www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm 

whether there is a source that can 

supply an audit sample for that method. 

If the EPA Web site does not list an 

available audit sample at least 60 days 

prior to the beginning of the compliance 

test, the source owner, operator, or 

representative shall not be required to 

include an audit sample as part of the 

quality assurance program for the 

compliance test. When ordering an 

audit sample, the source owner, 

operator, or representative shall give the 

sample provider an estimate for the 

concentration of each pollutant that is 

emitted by the source or the estimated 

concentration of each pollutant based 

on the permitted level and the name, 

address, and phone number of the 

compliance authority. The source 

owner, operator, or representative shall 

report the results for the audit sample 

along with a summary of the emission 

test results for the audited pollutant to 

the compliance authority and shall 

report the results of the audit sample to 

the AASP. The source owner, operator, 

or representative shall make both 

reports at the same time and in the same 

manner or shall report to the 

compliance authority first and report to 

the AASP. If the method being audited 

is a method that allows the samples to 

be analyzed in the field and the tester 

plans to analyze the samples in the 

field, the tester may analyze the audit 

samples prior to collecting the emission 

samples provided a representative of the 

compliance authority is present at the 

testing site. The tester may request, and 

the compliance authority may grant, a 

waiver to the requirement that a 

representative of the compliance 

authority must be present at the testing 

site during the field analysis of an audit 

sample. The source owner, operator, or 

representative may report the results of 

the audit sample to the compliance 

authority and then report the results of 

the audit sample to the AASP prior to 

collecting any emission samples. The 

test protocol and final test report shall 

document whether an audit sample was 

ordered and utilized and the pass/fail 

results as applicable. 

* * * * * 

Subpart C—[Amended] 

■ 34. Amend § 61.33 by revising 

paragraph (a) to read as follows: 

§ 61.33 Stack sampling. 

(a) Unless a waiver of emission testing 

is obtained under § 61.13, each owner or 

operator required to comply with 

§ 61.32(a) shall test emissions from the 

source according to Method 104 of 

appendix B to this part or according to 

Method 29 of appendix A to part 60. 

Method 103 of appendix B to this part 

is approved by the Administrator as an 

alternative method for sources subject to 

§ 61.32(a). The emission test shall be 

performed: 

(1) By May 28, 2014 in the case of an 

existing source or a new source which 

has an initial startup date preceding 

February 27, 2014; or 

(2) Within 90 days of startup in the 

case of a new source which did not have 

an initial startup date preceding 

February 27, 2014. 

* * * * * 

Subpart D—[Amended] 

■ 35. Amend § 61.42 by revising 

paragraph (a) to read as follows: 

§ 61.42 Emission standard. 

(a) Emissions to the atmosphere from 

rocket-motor test sites shall not cause 

time-weighted atmospheric 

concentrations of beryllium to exceed 

75 microgram minutes per cubic meter 

(mg-min/m3)(4.68 x 10¥9 pound minutes 

per cubic foot (lb-min/ft3)) of air within 

the limits of 10 to 60 minutes, 

accumulated during any 2 consecutive 

weeks, in any area in which an adverse 

effect to public health could occur. 

* * * * * 

Subpart E—[Amended] 

■ 36. Amend § 61.53 by revising 

paragraph (d)(2) to read as follows: 

§ 61.53 Stack sampling. 

* * * * * 

(d) * * * 

(2) Method 101A in appendix B or 

Method 29 in appendix A to part 60 

shall be used to test emissions as 

follows: 

(i) The test shall be performed by May 

28, 2014 in the case of an existing 

source or a new source which has an 

initial startup date preceding February 

27, 2014. 

(ii) The test shall be performed within 

90 days of startup in the case of a new 

source which did not have an initial 

startup date preceding February 27, 

2014. 

* * * * * 

Subpart N—[Amended] 

■ 37. Amend § 61.164 as follows: 

■ a. By revising paragraph (d)(2)(i). 

■ b. By revising paragraph (e)(1)(i). 

■ c. By revising paragraph (e)(2) to read 

as follows: 

§ 61.164 Test methods and procedures. 

* * * * * 

(d) * * * 

(2) * * * 

(i) Use Method 108 in appendix B to 

this part or Method 29 in appendix A to 

part 60 for determining the arsenic 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11276 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

emission rate, g/hr (lb/hr). The emission 

rate shall equal the arithmetic mean of 

the results of three 60-minute test runs. 

* * * * * 

(e) * * * 

(1) * * * 

(i) Use Method 108 in appendix B to 

this part or Method 29 in appendix A to 

part 60 to determine the concentration 

of arsenic in the gas streams entering 

and exiting the control device. Conduct 

three 60-minute test runs, each 

consisting of simultaneous testing of the 

inlet and outlet gas streams. The gas 

streams shall contain all the gas 

exhausted from the glass melting 

furnace. 

* * * * * 

(2) Calculate the percent emission 

reduction for each run as follows: 

Where: 

D = the percent emission reduction. 

Cb = the arsenic concentration of the stack 

gas entering the control device, as 

measured by Method 108 or Method 29. 

Ca = the arsenic concentration of the stack gas 

exiting the control device, as measured 

by Method 108 or Method 29. 

* * * * * 

■ 38. Amend appendix B to part 61 to 

read as follows: 

■ a. By amending Method 101 by 

redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as 

sections 17.0 and 18.0, respectively, and 

by adding a new section 16.0. 

■ b. By amending Method 101A by 

redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as 

sections 17.0 and 18.0, respectively, and 

by adding a new section 16.0. 

■ c. By revising Method 102, section 

8.1.1.1. 

■ d. By amending Method 104 as 

follows: 

■ i. By revising sections 4.1 and 11.5.3. 

■ ii. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 

17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0, 

respectively. 

■ iii. By adding a new section 16.0. 

■ e. By amending Method 108 by 

redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as 

sections 17.0 and 18.0, respectively, and 

by adding a new section 16.0. 

■ f. By amending Method 108A by 

redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as 

sections 17.0 and 18.0 respectively, and 

by adding a new section 16.0. 

Appendix B to Part 61—Test Methods 

* * * * * 

Method 101—Determination of Particulate 

and Gaseous Mercury Emissions From 

Chlor-Alkali Plants (Air Streams) 

* * * * * 

16.0 Alternative Procedures 

16.1 Alternative Analyzer. Samples may 

also be analyzed by cold vapor atomic 

fluorescence spectrometry. 

* * * * * 

Method 101A—Determination of Particulate 

and Gaseous Mercury Emissions From 

Sewage Sludge Incinerators 

* * * * * 

16.0 Alternative Procedures 

16.1 Alternative Analyzers. 

16.1.1 Inductively coupled plasmaatomic emission spectrometry (ICP–AES) 

may be used as an alternative to atomic 

absorption analysis provided the following 

conditions are met: 

16.1.1.1 Sample collection, sample 

preparation, and analytical preparation 

procedures are as defined in the method 

except as necessary for the ICP–AES 

application. 

16.1.1.2 The quality control procedures 

are conducted as prescribed. 

16.1.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the 

ICP–AES must be demonstrated and the 

sample concentrations reported should be no 

less than two times the limit of quantitation. 

The limit of quantitation is defined as ten 

times the standard deviation of the blank 

value. The standard deviation of the blank 

value is determined from the analysis of 

seven blanks. It has been reported that for 

mercury and those elements that form 

hydrides, a continuous-flow generator 

coupled to an ICP–AES offers detection 

limits comparable to cold vapor atomic 

absorption. 

16.1.2 Samples may also be analyzed by 

cold vapor atomic fluorescence spectrometry. 

* * * * * 

Method 102—Determination of Particulate 

and Gaseous Mercury Emissions From 

Chlor-Alkali Plants (Hydrogen Streams) 

* * * * * 

8.1.1.1 Calibrate the meter box orifice. 

Use the techniques described in APTD–0576 

(see Reference 9 in Section 17.0 of Method 

5 of appendix A to part 60). Calibration of the 

orifice meter at flow conditions that simulate 

the conditions at the source is suggested. 

Calibration should either be done with 

hydrogen or with some other gas having a 

similar Reynolds Number so that there is 

similarity between the Reynolds Numbers 

during calibration and during sampling. 

Alternative mercury-free thermometers may 

be used if the thermometers are, at a 

minimum, equivalent in terms of 

performance or suitably effective for the 

specific temperature measurement 

application. 

* * * * * 

Method 104—Determination of Beryllium 

Emissions From Stationary Sources 

* * * * * 

4.1 Matrix Effects. Analysis for Be by 

flame atomic absorption spectrophotometry 

is sensitive to the chemical composition and 

to the physical properties (e.g., viscosity, pH) 

of the sample. Aluminum and silicon, in 

particular, are known to interfere when 

present in appreciable quantities. The 

analytical procedure includes (optionally) 

the use of the Method of Standard Additions 

to check for these matrix effects, and sample 

analysis using the Method of Standard 

Additions if significant matrix effects are 

found to be present (see Reference 2 in 

Section 17.0). 

* * * * * 

11.5.3 Check for Matrix Effects (optional). 

Use the Method of Standard Additions (see 

Reference 2 in Section 17.0) to check at least 

one sample from each source for matrix 

effects on the Be results. If the results of the 

Method of Standard Additions procedure 

used on the single source sample do not 

agree to within 5 percent of the value 

obtained by the routine atomic absorption 

analysis, then reanalyze all samples from the 

source using the Method of Standard 

Additions procedure. 

* * * * * 

16.0 Alternative Procedures 

16.1 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic 

Emission Spectrometry (ICP–AES) Analysis. 

ICP–AES may be used as an alternative to 

atomic absorption analysis provided the 

following conditions are met: 

16.1.1 Sample collection, sample 

preparation, and analytical preparation 

procedures are as defined in the method 

except as necessary for the ICP–AES 

application. 

16.1.2 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 

procedures, including audit material 

analysis, are conducted as prescribed in the 

method. The QA acceptance conditions must 

be met. 

16.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the 

ICP–AES must be demonstrated and the 

sample concentrations reported should be no 

less than two times the limit of quantitation. 

The limit of quantitation is defined as ten 

times the standard deviation of the blank 

value. The standard deviation of the blank 

value is determined from the analysis of 

seven blanks. It has been reported that for 

mercury and those elements that form 

hydrides, a continuous-flow generator 

coupled to an ICP–AES offers detection 

limits comparable to cold vapor atomic 

absorption. 

16.2 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass 

Spectrometry (ICP–MS) Analysis. ICP–MS 

may be used as an alternative to atomic 

absorption analysis. 

16.3 Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence 

Spectrometry (CVAFS) Analysis. CVAFS may 

be used as an alternative to atomic absorption 

analysis. 

* * * * * 

Method 108—Determination of Particulate 

and Gaseous Arsenic Emissions 

* * * * * 

16.0 Alternative Procedures 

16.1 Inductively coupled plasma-atomic 

emission spectrometry (ICP–AES) Analysis. 

ICP–AES may be used as an alternative to 

atomic absorption analysis provided the 

following conditions are met: 

16.1.1 Sample collection, sample 

preparation, and analytical preparation 

procedures are as defined in the method 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.024</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11277 

except as necessary for the ICP–AES 

application. 

16.1.2 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 

procedures, including audit material 

analysis, are conducted as prescribed in the 

method. The QA acceptance conditions must 

be met. 

16.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the 

ICP–AES must be demonstrated and the 

sample concentrations reported should be no 

less than two times the limit of quantitation. 

The limit of quantitation is defined as ten 

times the standard deviation of the blank 

value. The standard deviation of the blank 

value is determined from the analysis of 

seven blanks. It has been reported that for 

mercury and those elements that form 

hydrides, a continuous-flow generator 

coupled to an ICP–AES offers detection 

limits comparable to cold vapor atomic 

absorption. 

16.2 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass 

Spectrometry (ICP–MS) Analysis. ICP–MS 

may be used as an alternative to atomic 

absorption analysis. 

16.3 Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence 

Spectrometry (CVAFS) Analysis. CVAFS may 

be used as an alternative to atomic absorption 

analysis. 

* * * * * 

Method 108A—Determination of Arsenic 

Content in Ore Samples From Nonferrous 

Smelters 

* * * * * 

16.0 Alternative Procedures 

16.1 Alternative Analyzer. Inductively 

coupled plasma-atomic emission 

spectrometry (ICP–AES) may be used as an 

alternative to atomic absorption analysis 

provided the following conditions are met: 

16.1.1 Sample collection, sample 

preparation, and analytical preparation 

procedures are as defined in the method 

except as necessary for the ICP–AES 

application. 

16.1.2 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 

procedures, including audit material 

analysis, are conducted as prescribed in the 

method. The QA acceptance conditions must 

be met. 

16.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the 

ICP–AES must be demonstrated and the 

sample concentrations reported should be no 

less than two times the limit of quantitation. 

The limit of quantitation is defined as ten 

times the standard deviation of the blank 

value. The standard deviation of the blank 

value is determined from the analysis of 

seven blanks. It has been reported that for 

mercury and those elements that form 

hydrides, a continuous-flow generator 

coupled to an ICP–AES offers detection 

limits comparable to cold vapor atomic 

absorption. 

* * * * * 

PART 63—NATIONAL EMISSION 

STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR 

POLLUTANTS FOR SOURCE 

CATEGORIES 

■ 39. The authority citation for part 63 

continues to read as follows: 

Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. 

Subpart A—[Amended] 

■ 40. Amend § 63.7 by revising 

paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) to read as 

follows: 

§ 63.7 Performance testing requirements. 

* * * * * 

(c) * * * 

(2) * * * 

(iii) * * * 

(A) The source owner, operator, or 

representative of the tested facility shall 

obtain an audit sample, if commercially 

available, from an AASP for each test 

method used for regulatory compliance 

purposes. No audit samples are required 

for the following test methods: Methods 

3A and 3C of appendix A–3 of part 60; 

Methods 6C, 7E, 9, and 10 of appendix 

A–4 of part 60; Methods 18 and 19 of 

appendix A–6 of part 60; Methods 20, 

22, and 25A of appendix A–7 of part 60; 

and Methods 303, 318, 320, and 321 of 

appendix A of part 63. If multiple 

sources at a single facility are tested 

during a compliance test event, only one 

audit sample is required for each 

method used during a compliance test. 

The compliance authority responsible 

for the compliance test may waive the 

requirement to include an audit sample 

if they believe that an audit sample is 

not necessary. ‘‘Commercially 

available’’ means that two or more 

independent AASPs have blind audit 

samples available for purchase. If the 

source owner, operator, or 

representative cannot find an audit 

sample for a specific method, the owner, 

operator, or representative shall consult 

the EPA Web site at the following URL, 

www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm 

whether there is a source that can 

supply an audit sample for that method. 

If the EPA Web site does not list an 

available audit sample at least 60 days 

prior to the beginning of the compliance 

test, the source owner, operator, or 

representative shall not be required to 

include an audit sample as part of the 

quality assurance program for the 

compliance test. When ordering an 

audit sample, the source owner, 

operator, or representative shall give the 

sample provider an estimate for the 

concentration of each pollutant that is 

emitted by the source or the estimated 

concentration of each pollutant based 

on the permitted level and the name, 

address, and phone number of the 

compliance authority. The source 

owner, operator, or representative shall 

report the results for the audit sample 

along with a summary of the emission 

test results for the audited pollutant to 

the compliance authority and shall 

report the results of the audit sample to 

the AASP. The source owner, operator, 

or representative shall make both 

reports at the same time and in the same 

manner or shall report to the 

compliance authority first and report to 

the AASP. If the method being audited 

is a method that allows the samples to 

be analyzed in the field and the tester 

plans to analyze the samples in the 

field, the tester may analyze the audit 

samples prior to collecting the emission 

samples provided a representative of the 

compliance authority is present at the 

testing site. The tester may request, and 

the compliance authority may grant, a 

waiver to the requirement that a 

representative of the compliance 

authority must be present at the testing 

site during the field analysis of an audit 

sample. The source owner, operator, or 

representative may report the results of 

the audit sample to the compliance 

authority and then report the results of 

the audit sample to the AASP prior to 

collecting any emission samples. The 

test protocol and final test report shall 

document whether an audit sample was 

ordered and utilized and the pass/fail 

results as applicable. 

* * * * * 

■ 41. Amend § 63.8 by adding a 

sentence to the end of paragraph 

(f)(6)(iii) to read as follows: 

§ 63.8 Monitoring requirements. 

* * * * * 

(f) * * * 

(6) * * * 

(iii) * * * The Administrator will 

review the notification and may rescind 

permission to use an alternative and 

require the owner or operator to conduct 

a relative accuracy test of the CEMS as 

specified in section 8.4 of Performance 

Specification 2. 

* * * * * 

■ 42. Revise § 63.14 to read as follows: 

§ 63.14 Incorporations by reference. 

(a) Certain material is incorporated by 

reference into this part with the 

approval of the Director of the Federal 

Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 

CFR part 51. To enforce any edition 

other than that specified in this section, 

the EPA must publish notice of change 

in the Federal Register and the material 

must be available to the public. All 

approved material is available for 

inspection at the Air and Radiation 

Docket and Information Center, U.S. 

EPA, 401 M St. SW., Washington, DC, 

telephone number 202–566, and is 

available from the sources listed below. 

It is also available for inspection at the 

National Archives and Records 

Administration (NARA). For 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11278 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

information on the availability of this 

material at NARA, call 202–741–6030 or 

go to http://www.archives.gov/federal_

register/code_of_federal_regulations/

ibr_locations.html. 

(b) The Association of Florida 

Phosphate Chemists, P.O. Box 1645, 

Bartow, Florida 33830. 

(1) Book of Methods Used and 

Adopted By The Association of Florida 

Phosphate Chemists, Seventh Edition 

1991: 

(i) Section IX, Methods of Analysis for 

Phosphate Rock, No. 1 Preparation of 

Sample, IBR approved for §§ 63.606(c) 

and 63.626(c). 

(ii) Section IX, Methods of Analysis 

for Phosphate Rock, No. 3 Phosphorus— 

P2O5 or Ca3(PO4)2, Method A— 

Volumetric Method, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.606(c) and 63.626(c). 

(iii) Section IX, Methods of Analysis 

for Phosphate Rock, No. 3 PhosphorusP2O5 or Ca3(PO4)2, Method B— 

Gravimetric Quimociac Method, IBR 

approved for §§ 63.606(c) and 63.626(c). 

(iv) Section IX, Methods of Analysis 

For Phosphate Rock, No. 3 

Phosphorus—P2O5 or Ca3(PO4)2, Method 

C—Spectrophotometric Method, IBR 

approved for §§ 63.606(c) and 63.626(c). 

(v) Section XI, Methods of Analysis 

for Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, 

Triple Superphosphate, and 

Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total 

Phosphorus—P2O5, Method A— 

Volumetric Method, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.606(c) and 63.626(c) and (d). 

(vi) Section XI, Methods of Analysis 

for Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, 

Triple Superphosphate, and 

Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total 

Phosphorus—P2O5, Method B— 

Gravimetric Quimociac Method, IBR 

approved for §§ 63.606(c) and 63.626(c) 

and (d). 

(vii) Section XI, Methods of Analysis 

for Phosphoric Acid, Superphosphate, 

Triple Superphosphate, and 

Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 Total 

Phosphorus—P2O5, Method C— 

Spectrophotometric Method, IBR 

approved for §§ 63.606(c) and 63.626(c) 

and (d). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(c) Association of Official Analytical 

Chemists (AOAC) International, 

Customer Services, Suite 400, 2200 

Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 

22201–3301, Telephone (703) 522–3032, 

Fax (703) 522–5468. 

(1) AOAC Official Method 929.01 

Sampling of Solid Fertilizers, Sixteenth 

edition, 1995, IBR approved for 

§ 63.626(d). 

(2) AOAC Official Method 929.02 

Preparation of Fertilizer Sample, 

Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved 

for § 63.626(d). 

(3) AOAC Official Method 957.02 

Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, 

Preparation of Sample Solution, 

Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved 

for § 63.626(d). 

(4) AOAC Official Method 958.01 

Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, 

Spectrophotometric 

Molybdovanadophosphate Method, 

Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved 

for § 63.626(d). 

(5) AOAC Official Method 962.02 

Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, 

Gravimetric Quinolinium 

Molybdophosphate Method, Sixteenth 

edition, 1995, IBR approved for 

§ 63.626(d). 

(6) AOAC Official Method 969.02 

Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, 

Alkalimetric Quinolinium 

Molybdophosphate Method, Sixteenth 

edition, 1995, IBR approved for 

§ 63.626(d). 

(7) AOAC Official Method 978.01 

Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, 

Automated Method, Sixteenth edition, 

1995, IBR approved for § 63.626(d). 

(d) American Petroleum Institute 

(API), 1220 L Street NW., Washington, 

DC 20005. 

(1) API Publication 2517, Evaporative 

Loss from External Floating-Roof Tanks, 

Third Edition, February 1989, IBR 

approved for §§ 63.111 and 63.2406. 

(2) API Publication 2518, Evaporative 

Loss from Fixed-roof Tanks, Second 

Edition, October 1991, IBR approved for 

§ 63.150(g). 

(3) API Manual of Petroleum 

Measurement Specifications (MPMS) 

Chapter 19.2 (API MPMS 19.2), 

Evaporative Loss From Floating-Roof 

Tanks, First Edition, April 1997, IBR 

approved for §§ 63.1251 and 63.12005. 

(e) American Society of Heating, 

Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning 

Engineers at 1791 Tullie Circle, NE., 

Atlanta, GA 30329 orders@ashrae.org. 

(1) American Society of Heating, 

Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning 

Engineers Method 52.1, ‘‘Gravimetric 

and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing 

Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General 

Ventilation for Removing Particulate 

Matter, June 4, 1992,’’ IBR approved for 

§§ 63.11173(e) and 63.11516(d). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(f) American Society of Mechanical 

Engineers (ASME), Three Park Avenue, 

New York, NY 10016–5990, Telephone 

(800) 843–2763, http://www.asme.org; 

also available from HIS, Incorporated, 

15 Inverness Way East, Englewood, CO 

80112, Telephone (877) 413–5184, 

http://global.ihs.com. 

(1) ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10–1981, 

Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses [Part 10, 

Instruments and Apparatus], issued 

August 31, 1981, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.309(k), 63.457(k), 63.772(e) and 

(h), 63.865(b), 63.1282(d) and (g), 

63.3166(a), 63.3360(e), 63.3545(a), 

63.3555(a), 63.4166(a), 63.4362(a), 

63.4766(a), 63.4965(a), 63.5160(d), table 

4 to subpart UUUU, 63.9307(c), 

63.9323(a), 63.11148(e), 63.11155(e), 

63.11162(f), 63.11163(g), 63.11410(j), 

63.11551(a), 63.11646(a), and 63.11945, 

table 5 to subpart DDDDD, table 4 to 

subpart JJJJJ, tables 4 and 5 of subpart 

UUUUU, and table 1 to subpart ZZZZZ. 

(2) [Reserved] 

(g) American Society for Testing and 

Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor 

Drive, Post Office Box C700, West 

Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959, 

Telephone (610) 832–9585, http://

www.astm.org; also available from 

ProQuest, 789 East Eisenhower 

Parkway, Ann Arbor, MI 48106–1346, 

Telephone (734) 761–4700, http://

www.proquest.com. 

(1) ASTM D95–05 (Reapproved 2010), 

Standard Test Method for Water in 

Petroleum Products and Bituminous 

Materials by Distillation, approved May 

1, 2010, IBR approved for § 63.10005(i) 

and table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(2) ASTM D240–09 Standard Test 

Method for Heat of Combustion of 

Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 

Calorimeter, approved July 1, 2009, IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(3) ASTM Method D388–05, Standard 

Classification of Coals by Rank, 

approved September 15, 2005, IBR 

approved for §§ 63.7575, 63.10042, and 

63.11237. 

(4) ASTM Method D396–10, Standard 

Specification for Fuel Oils, including 

Appendix X1, approved October 1, 

2010, IBR approved for § 63.10042. 

(5) ASTM D396–10, Standard 

Specification for Fuel Oils, approved 

October 1, 2010, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.7575 and 63.11237. 

(6) ASTM D523–89, Standard Test 

Method for Specular Gloss, IBR 

approved for § 63.782. 

(7) ASTM D975–11b, Standard 

Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, 

approved December 1, 2011, IBR 

approved for § 63.7575. 

(8) ASTM D1193–77, Standard 

Specification for Reagent Water, IBR 

approved for appendix A to part 63: 

Method 306, Sections 7.1.1 and 7.4.2. 

(9) ASTM D1193–91, Standard 

Specification for Reagent Water, IBR 

approved for appendix A to part 63: 

Method 306, Sections 7.1.1 and 7.4.2. 

(10) ASTM D1331–89, Standard Test 

Methods for Surface and Interfacial 

Tension of Solutions of Surface Active 

Agents, IBR approved for appendix A to 

part 63: Method 306B, Sections 6.2, 

11.1, and 12.2.2. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11279 

(11) ASTM D1475–90, Standard Test 

Method for Density of Paint, Varnish 

Lacquer, and Related Products, IBR 

approved for appendix A to subpart II. 

(12) ASTM D1475–98 (Reapproved 

2003), ‘‘Standard Test Method for 

Density of Liquid Coatings, Inks, and 

Related Products,’’ IBR approved for 

§§ 63.3151(b), 63.3941(b) and (c), 

63.3951(c), 63.4141(b) and (c), and 

63.4551(c). 

(13) ASTM Method D1835–05, 

Standard Specification for Liquefied 

Petroleum (LP) Gases, approved April 1, 

2005, IBR approved for §§ 63.7575 and 

63.11237. 

(14) ASTM D1945–03 (Reapproved 

2010), Standard Test Method for 

Analysis of Natural Gas by Gas 

Chromatography, (Approved January 1, 

2010), IBR approved for §§ 63.772(h), 

and 63.1282(g). 

(15) ASTM D1946–77, Standard 

Method for Analysis of Reformed Gas by 

Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§ 63.11(b). 

(16) ASTM D1946–90 (Reapproved 

1994), Standard Method for Analysis of 

Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography, 

IBR approved for § 63.11(b). 

(17) ASTM D2013/D2013M–09, 

Standard Practice for Preparing Coal 

Samples for Analysis, (Approved 

November 1, 2009), IBR approved for 

table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to 

subpart JJJJJJ. 

(18) ASTM D2099–00, Standard Test 

Method for Dynamic Water Resistance 

of Shoe Upper Leather by the Maeser 

Water Penetration Tester, IBR approved 

for § 63.5350. 

(19) ASTM D2216–05, Standard Test 

Methods for Laboratory Determination 

of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and 

Rock by Mass, IBR approved for the 

definition of ‘‘Free organic liquids’’ in 

§ 63.10692. 

(20) ASTM D2234/D2234M–10, 

Standard Practice for Collection of a 

Gross Sample of Coal, approved January 

1, 2010, IBR approved for table 6 to 

subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart 

JJJJJJ . 

(21) ASTM D2369–93, Standard Test 

Method for Volatile Content of Coatings, 

IBR approved for appendix A to subpart 

II. 

(22) ASTM D2369–95, Standard Test 

Method for Volatile Content of Coatings, 

IBR approved for appendix A to subpart 

II. 

(23) ASTM D2382–76, Heat of 

Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by 

Bomb Calorimeter (High-Precision 

Method), IBR approved for § 63.11(b). 

(24) ASTM D2382–88, Heat of 

Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by 

Bomb Calorimeter (High-Precision 

Method), IBR approved for § 63.11(b). 

(25) ASTM D2697–86 (Reapproved 

1998), Standard Test Method for 

Volume Nonvolatile Matter in Clear or 

Pigmented Coatings, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.3161(f), 63.3521(b), 63.3941(b), 

63.4141(b), 63.4741(b), 63.4941(b), and 

63.5160(c). 

(26) ASTM D2879–83, Standard 

Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 

Relationship and Initial Decomposition 

Temperature of Liquids by Isoteniscope, 

IBR approved for §§ 63.111, 63.2406, 

and 63.12005. 

(27) ASTM D2879–96, Test Method 

for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 

Relationship and Initial Decomposition 

Temperature of Liquids by Isoteniscope, 

(Approved 1996), IBR approved for 

§§ 63.111, 63.2406, and 63.12005. 

(28) ASTM D3173–03 (Reapproved 

2008), Standard Test Method for 

Moisture in the Analysis Sample of Coal 

and Coke, (Approved February 1, 2008), 

IBR approved for table 6 to subpart 

DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ. 

(29) ASTM D3257–93, Standard Test 

Methods for Aromatics in Mineral 

Spirits by Gas Chromatography, IBR 

approved for § 63.786(b). 

(30) ASTM D3588–98 (Reapproved 

2003), Standard Practice for Calculating 

Heat Value, Compressibility Factor, and 

Relative Density of Gaseous Fuels, 

(Approved May 10, 2003), IBR approved 

for §§ 63.772(h) and 63.1282(g). 

(31) ASTM D3695–88, Standard Test 

Method for Volatile Alcohols in Water 

by Direct Aqueous-Injection Gas 

Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§ 63.365(e). 

(32) ASTM D3792–91, Standard 

Method for Water Content of WaterReducible Paints by Direct Injection into 

a Gas Chromatograph, IBR approved for 

appendix A to subpart II. 

(33) ASTM D3912–80, Standard Test 

Method for Chemical Resistance of 

Coatings Used in Light-Water Nuclear 

Power Plants, IBR approved for 

§ 63.782. 

(34) ASTM D4006–11, Standard Test 

Method for Water in Crude Oil by 

Distillation, including Annex A1 and 

Appendix X1, (Approved June 1, 2011), 

IBR approved for § 63.10005(i) and table 

6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(35) ASTM D4017–81, Standard Test 

Method for Water in Paints and Paint 

Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration 

Method, IBR approved for appendix A 

to subpart II. 

(36) ASTM D4017–90, Standard Test 

Method for Water in Paints and Paint 

Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration 

Method, IBR approved for appendix A 

to subpart II. 

(37) ASTM D4017–96a, Standard Test 

Method for Water in Paints and Paint 

Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration 

Method, IBR approved for appendix A 

to subpart II. 

(38) ASTM D4057–06 (Reapproved 

2011), Standard Practice for Manual 

Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum 

Products, including Annex A1, 

(Approved June 1, 2011), IBR approved 

for § 63.10005(i) and table 6 to subpart 

DDDDD. 

(39) ASTM D4082–89, Standard Test 

Method for Effects of Gamma Radiation 

on Coatings for Use in Light-Water 

Nuclear Power Plants, IBR approved for 

§ 63.782. 

(40) ASTM D4084–07, Standard Test 

Method for Analysis of Hydrogen 

Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate 

Reaction Rate Method), (Approved June 

1, 2007), IBR approved for table 6 to 

subpart DDDDD. 

(41) ASTM D4177–95 (Reapproved 

2010), Standard Practice for Automatic 

Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum 

Products, including Annexes A1 

through A6 and Appendices X1 and X2, 

(Approved May 1, 2010), IBR approved 

for § 63.10005(i) and table 6 to subpart 

DDDDD. 

(42) ASTM D4208–02 (Reapproved 

2007), Standard Test Method for Total 

Chlorine in Coal by the Oxygen Bomb 

Combustion/Ion Selective Electrode 

Method, approved May 1, 2007, IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(43) ASTM D4256–89, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of the 

Decontaminability of Coatings Used in 

Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants, IBR 

approved for § 63.782. 

(44) ASTM D4256–89 (Reapproved 

94), Standard Test Method for 

Determination of the Decontaminability 

of Coatings Used in Light-Water Nuclear 

Power Plants, IBR approved for 

§ 63.782. 

(45) ASTM D4606–03 (Reapproved 

2007), Standard Test Method for 

Determination of Arsenic and Selenium 

in Coal by the Hydride Generation/

Atomic Absorption Method, (Approved 

October 1, 2007), IBR approved for table 

6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(46) ASTM D4809–95, Standard Test 

Method for Heat of Combustion of 

Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 

Calorimeter (Precision Method), IBR 

approved for § 63.11(b). 

(47) ASTM D4891–89 (Reapproved 

2006), Standard Test Method for 

Heating Value of Gases in Natural Gas 

Range by Stoichiometric Combustion, 

(Approved June 1, 2006), IBR approved 

for §§ 63.772(h) and 63.1282(g). 

(48) ASTM D5066–91 (Reapproved 

2001), Standard Test Method for 

Determination of the Transfer Efficiency 

Under Production Conditions for Spray 

Application of Automotive Paintsmstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11280 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

Weight Basis, IBR approved for 

§ 63.3161(g). 

(49) ASTM D5087–02, Standard Test 

Method for Determining Amount of 

Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) 

Released from Solventborne Automotive 

Coatings and Available for Removal in 

a VOC Control Device (Abatement), IBR 

approved for § 63.3165(e) and appendix 

A to subpart IIII. 

(50) ASTM D5192–09, Standard 

Practice for Collection of Coal Samples 

from Core, (Approved June 1, 2009), IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(51) ASTM D5198–09, Standard 

Practice for Nitric Acid Digestion of 

Solid Waste, (Approved February 1, 

2009), IBR approved for table 6 to 

subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart 

JJJJJJ. 

(52) ASTM D5228–92, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Butane 

Working Capacity of Activated Carbon, 

(Reapproved 2005), IBR approved for 

§ 63.11092(b). 

(53) ASTM D5291–02, Standard Test 

Methods for Instrumental Determination 

of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen in 

Petroleum Products and Lubricants, IBR 

approved for appendix A to subpart 

MMMM. 

(54) ASTM D5790–95, Standard Test 

Method for Measurement of Purgeable 

Organic Compounds in Water by 

Capillary Column Gas Chromatography/ 

Mass Spectrometry, IBR approved for 

Table 4 to subpart UUUU. 

(55) ASTM D5864–11, Standard Test 

Method for Determining Aerobic 

Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants or 

Their Components, (Approved March 1, 

2011), IBR approved for table 6 to 

subpart DDDDD. 

(56) ASTM D5865–10a, Standard Test 

Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal 

and Coke, (Approved May 1, 2010), IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD 

and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ. 

(57) ASTM D5954–98 (Reapproved 

2006), Test Method for Mercury 

Sampling and Measurement in Natural 

Gas by Atomic Absorption 

Spectroscopy, (Approved December 1, 

2006), IBR approved for table 6 to 

subpart DDDDD. 

(58) ASTM D5965–02, Standard Test 

Methods for Specific Gravity of Coating 

Powders, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.3151(b) and 63.3951(c). 

(59) ASTM D6053–00, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Volatile 

Organic Compound (VOC) Content of 

Electrical Insulating Varnishes, IBR 

approved for appendix A to subpart 

MMMM. 

(60) ASTM D6093–97 (Reapproved 

2003), Standard Test Method for Percent 

Volume Nonvolatile Matter in Clear or 

Pigmented Coatings Using a Helium Gas 

Pycnometer, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.3161, 63.3521, 63.3941, 63.4141, 

63.4741(b), 63.4941(b), and 63.5160(c). 

(61) ASTM D6266–00a, Test Method 

for Determining the Amount of Volatile 

Organic Compound (VOC) Released 

from Waterborne Automotive Coatings 

and Available for Removal in a VOC 

Control Device (Abatement), IBR 

approved for § 63.3165(e). 

(62) ASTM D6323–98 (Reapproved 

2003), Standard Guide for Laboratory 

Subsampling of Media Related to Waste 

Management Activities, (Approved 

August 10, 2003), IBR approved for table 

6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to 

subpart JJJJJJ. 

(63) ASTM D6348–03, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Gaseous 

Compounds by Extractive Direct 

Interface Fourier Transform Infrared 

(FTIR) Spectroscopy, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.457(b) and 63.1349, table 4 to 

subpart DDDD, table 4 to subpart ZZZZ, 

and table 8 to subpart HHHHHHH. 

(64) ASTM D6348–03 (Reapproved 

2010), Standard Test Method for 

Determination of Gaseous Compounds 

by Extractive Direct Interface Fourier 

Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, 

including Annexes A1 through A8, 

(Approved October 1, 2010), IBR 

approved for tables 1, 2, and 5 to 

subpart UUUUU and appendix B to 

subpart UUUUU. 

(65) ASTM D6350–98 (Reapproved 

2003), Standard Test Method for 

Mercury Sampling and Analysis in 

Natural Gas by Atomic Fluorescence 

Spectroscopy, (Approved May 10, 

2003), IBR approved for table 6 to 

subpart DDDDD. 

(66) ASTM D6357–11, Test Methods 

for Determination of Trace Elements in 

Coal, Coke, and Combustion Residues 

from Coal Utilization Processes by 

Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic 

Emission Spectrometry, (Approved 

April 1, 2011), IBR approved for table 6 

to subpart DDDDD. 

(67) ASTM D6420–99, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Gaseous 

Organic Compounds by Direct Interface 

Gas Chromatography-Mass 

Spectrometry, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.5799, 63.5850, and Table 4 of 

Subpart UUUU. 

(68) ASTM D6420–99 (Reapproved 

2004), Standard Test Method for 

Determination of Gaseous Organic 

Compounds by Direct Interface Gas 

Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry, 

(Approved October 1, 2004), IBR 

approved for §§ 63.457(b), 63.485(g), 

60.485a(g), 63.772(a), 63.772(e), 

63.1282(a) and (d), 63.2351(b), and 

63.2354(b), and table 8 to subpart 

HHHHHHH. 

(69) ASTM D6522–00, Standard Test 

Method for Determination of Nitrogen 

Oxides, Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen 

Concentrations in Emissions from 

Natural Gas Fired Reciprocating 

Engines, Combustion Turbines, Boilers, 

and Process Heaters Using Portable 

Analyzers, IBR approved for 

§ 63.9307(c). 

(70) ASTM D6522–00 (Reapproved 

2005), Standard Test Method for 

Determination of Nitrogen Oxides, 

Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen 

Concentrations in Emissions from 

Natural Gas Fired Reciprocating 

Engines, Combustion Turbines, Boilers, 

and Process Heaters Using Portable 

Analyzers, (Approved October 1, 2005), 

IBR approved for table 4 to subpart 

ZZZZ, table 5 to subpart DDDDDD, table 

4 to subpart JJJJJJ, and §§ 63.772(e) and 

(h)) and 63.1282(d) and (g). 

(71) ASTM D6721–01 (Reapproved 

2006), Standard Test Method for 

Determination of Chlorine in Coal by 

Oxidative Hydrolysis Microcoulometry, 

(Approved April 1, 2006), IBR approved 

for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(72) ASTM D6722–01 (Reapproved 

2006), Standard Test Method for Total 

Mercury in Coal and Coal Combustion 

Residues by the Direct Combustion 

Analysis, (Approved April 1, 2006), IBR 

approved for Table 6 to subpart DDDDD 

and Table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ. 

(73) ASTM D6751–11b, Standard 

Specification for Biodiesel Fuel Blend 

Stock (B100) for Middle Distillate Fuels, 

(Approved July 15, 2011), IBR approved 

for §§ 63.7575 and 63.11237. 

(74) ASTM D6784–02 (Reapproved 

2008), Standard Test Method for 

Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound 

and Total Mercury in Flue Gas 

Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary 

Sources (Ontario Hydro Method), 

(Approved April 1, 2008), IBR approved 

for §§ 63.11646(a), 63.11647(a) and (d), 

tables 1, 2, 5, 11, 12t, and 13 to subpart 

DDDDD, table 4 to subpart JJJJJJ, table 5 

to subpart UUUUU, and appendix A to 

subpart UUUUU. 

(75) ASTM D6883–04, Standard 

Practice for Manual Sampling of 

Stationary Coal from Railroad Cars, 

Barges, Trucks, or Stockpiles, 

(Approved June 1, 2004), IBR approved 

for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(76) ASTM D7430–11ae1, Standard 

Practice for Mechanical Sampling of 

Coal, (Approved October 1, 2011), IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(77) ASTM E145–94 (Reapproved 

2001), Standard Specification for 

Gravity-Convection and ForcedVentilation Ovens, IBR approved for 

appendix A to subpart PPPP. 

(78) ASTM E180–93, Standard 

Practice for Determining the Precision of 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11281 

ASTM Methods for Analysis and 

Testing of Industrial Chemicals, IBR 

approved for § 63.786(b). 

(79) ASTM E260–91, General Practice 

for Packed Column Gas 

Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.750(b) and 63.786(b). 

(80) ASTM E260–96, General Practice 

for Packed Column Gas 

Chromatography, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.750(b) and 63.786(b). 

(81) ASTM E515–95 (Reapproved 

2000), Standard Test Method for Leaks 

Using Bubble Emission Techniques, IBR 

approved for § 63.425(i). 

(82) ASTM E711–87 (Reapproved 

2004), Standard Test Method for Gross 

Calorific Value of Refuse-Derived Fuel 

by the Bomb Calorimeter, (Approved 

August 28, 1987), IBR approved for table 

6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to 

subpart JJJJJJ. 

(83) ASTM E776–87 (Reapproved 

2009), Standard Test Method for Forms 

of Chlorine in Refuse-Derived Fuel, 

(Approved July 1, 2009), IBR approved 

for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(84) ASTM E871–82 (Reapproved 

2006), Standard Test Method for 

Moisture Analysis of Particulate Wood 

Fuels, (Approved November 1, 2006), 

IBR approved for table 6 to subpart 

DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ. 

(h) Bay Area Air Quality Management 

District (BAAQMD), 939 Ellis Street, 

San Francisco, California 94109, http:// 

www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/BA/CURHTML/

ST/st30.pdf. 

(1) ‘‘BAAQMD Source Test Procedure 

ST–30—Static Pressure Integrity Test, 

Underground Storage Tanks,’’ adopted 

November 30, 1983, and amended 

December 21, 1994, IBR approved for 

§ 63.11120(a). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(i) British Standards Institute, 389 

Chiswick High Road, London W4 4AL, 

United Kingdom. 

(1) BS EN 1593:1999, Non-destructive 

Testing: Leak Testing—Bubble Emission 

Techniques, IBR approved for 

§ 63.425(i). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(j) California Air Resources Board 

(CARB), Engineering and Certification 

Branch, 1001 I Street, P.O. Box 2815, 

Sacramento, CA 95812–2815, Telephone 

(916) 327–0900, http://www.arb.ca.gov/

vapor/vapor.htm. 

(1) California Air Resources Board 

Vapor Recovery Test Procedure TP– 

201.1—‘‘Volumetric Efficiency for Phase 

I Vapor Recovery Systems,’’ adopted 

April 12, 1996, and amended February 

1, 2001 and October 8, 2003, IBR 

approved for § 63.11120(b). 

(2) California Air Resources Board 

Vapor Recovery Test Procedure TP– 

201.1E—‘‘Leak Rate and Cracking 

Pressure of Pressure/Vacuum Vent 

Valves,’’ adopted October 8, 2003, IBR 

approved for § 63.11120(a). 

(3) California Air Resources Board 

Vapor Recovery Test Procedure TP– 

201.3—‘‘Determination of 2-Inch WC 

Static Pressure Performance of Vapor 

Recovery Systems of Dispensing 

Facilities,’’ adopted April 12, 1996 and 

amended March 17, 1999, IBR approved 

for § 63.11120(a). 

(k) Environmental Protection Agency. 

Air and Radiation Docket and 

Information Center, 1200 Pennsylvania 

Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460, 

telephone number (202) 566–1745. 

(1) California Regulatory 

Requirements Applicable to the Air 

Toxics Program, November 16, 2010, 

IBR approved for § 63.99(a). 

(2) New Jersey’s Toxic Catastrophe 

Prevention Act Program, (July 20, 1998), 

IBR approved for § 63.99(a). 

(3) Delaware Department of Natural 

Resources and Environmental Control, 

Division of Air and Waste Management, 

Accidental Release Prevention 

Regulation, sections 1 through 5 and 

sections 7 through 14, effective January 

11, 1999, IBR approved for § 63.99(a). 

(4) State of Delaware Regulations 

Governing the Control of Air Pollution 

(October 2000), IBR approved for 

§ 63.99(a). 

(5) Massachusetts Department of 

Environmental Protection regulations at 

310 CMR 7.26(10)–(16), Air Pollution 

Control, effective as of September 5, 

2008, corrected March 6, 2009, and 310 

CMR 70.00, Environmental Results 

Program Certification, effective as of 

December 28, 2007. IBR approved for 

§ 63.99(a). 

(6)(i) New Hampshire Regulations 

Applicable to Hazardous Air Pollutants, 

March, 2003. IBR approved for 

§ 63.99(a). 

(ii) New Hampshire Regulations 

Applicable to Hazardous Air Pollutants, 

September 2006. IBR approved for 

§ 63.99(a). 

(7) Maine Department of 

Environmental Protection regulations at 

Chapter 125, Perchloroethylene Dry 

Cleaner Regulation, effective as of June 

2, 1991, last amended on June 24, 2009. 

IBR approved for § 63.99(a). 

(8) California South Coast Air Quality 

Management District’s ‘‘Spray 

Equipment Transfer Efficiency Test 

Procedure for Equipment User, May 24, 

1989,’’ IBR approved for §§ 63.11173(e) 

and 63.11516(d). 

(9) California South Coast Air Quality 

Management District’s ‘‘Guidelines for 

Demonstrating Equivalency with 

District Approved Transfer Efficient 

Spray Guns, September 26, 2002,’’ 

Revision 0, IBR approved for 

§§ 63.11173(e) and 63.11516(d). 

(10) Rhode Island Department of 

Environmental Management regulations 

at Air Pollution Control Regulation No. 

36, Control of Emissions from Organic 

Solvent Cleaning, effective April 8, 

1996, last amended October 9, 2008, IBR 

approved for § 63.99(a). 

(11) Rhode Island Air Pollution 

Control, General Definitions Regulation, 

effective July 19, 2007, last amended 

October 9, 2008. IBR approved for 

§ 63.99(a). 

(12) Alaska Statute 42.45.045. 

Renewable energy grant fund and 

recommendation program, available at 

http://www.legis.state.ak.us/basis/

folio.asp, IBR approved for § 63.6675. 

(l) U.S. Environmental Protection 

Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue 

NW., Washington, DC 20460, (202) 272– 

0167, http://www.epa.gov. 

(1) EPA–453/R–01–005, National 

Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 

Pollutants (NESHAP) for Integrated Iron 

and Steel Plants—Background 

Information for Proposed Standards, 

Final Report, January 2001, IBR 

approved for § 63.7491(g). 

(2) EPA–454/R–98–015, Office Of Air 

Quality Planning And Standards 

(OAQPS), Fabric Filter Bag Leak 

Detection Guidance, September 1997, 

IBR approved for §§ 63.548(e), 

63.7525(j), and 63.11224(f). 

(3) SW–846–3020A, Acid Digestion of 

Aqueous Samples And Extracts For 

Total Metals For Analysis By GFAA 

Spectroscopy, Revision 1, July 1992, in 

EPA Publication No. SW–846, Test 

Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, 

Physical/Chemical Methods, Third 

Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to 

subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart 

JJJJJJ. 

(4) SW–846–3050B, Acid Digestion of 

Sediments, Sludges, and Soils, Revision 

2, December 1996, in EPA Publication 

No. SW–846, Test Methods for 

Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/

Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD 

and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ. 

(5) SW–846–7470A, Mercury In 

Liquid Waste (Manual Cold-Vapor 

Technique), Revision 1, September 

1994, in EPA Publication No. SW–846, 

Test Methods for Evaluating Solid 

Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, 

Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 

to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to 

subpart JJJJJJ. 

(6) SW–846–7471B, Mercury In Solid 

Or Semisolid Waste (Manual ColdVapor Technique), Revision 2, February 

2007, in EPA Publication No. SW–846, 

Test Methods for Evaluating Solid 

Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11282 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 

to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to 

subpart JJJJJJ. 

(7) SW–846–8015C, Nonhalogenated 

Organics by Gas Chromatography, 

Revision 3, February 2007, in EPA 

Publication No. SW–846, Test Methods 

for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/

Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR 

approved for §§ 63.11960, 63.11980, and 

table 10 to subpart HHHHHHH. 

(8) SW–846–8260B, Volatile Organic 

Compounds by Gas Chromatography/

Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS), Revision 

2, December 1996, in EPA Publication 

No. SW–846, Test Methods for 

Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/

Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR 

approved for §§ 63.11960, 63.11980, and 

table 10 to subpart HHHHHHH. 

(9) SW–846–8270D, Semivolatile 

Organic Compounds by Gas 

Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry 

(GC/MS), Revision 4, February 2007, in 

EPA Publication No. SW–846, Test 

Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, 

Physical/Chemical Methods, Third 

Edition, IBR approved for §§ 63.11960, 

63.11980, and table 10 to subpart 

HHHHHHH. 

(10) SW–846–8315A, Determination 

of Carbonyl Compounds by High 

Performance Liquid Chromatography 

(HPLC), Revision 1, December 1996, in 

EPA Publication No. SW–846, Test 

Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, 

Physical/Chemical Methods, Third 

Edition, IBR approved for §§ 63.11960 

and 63.11980, and table 10 to subpart 

HHHHHHH. 

(11) SW–846–5050, Bomb Preparation 

Method for Solid Waste, Revision 0, 

September 1994, in EPA Publication No. 

SW–846, Test Methods for Evaluating 

Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 

Methods, Third Edition IBR approved 

for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(12) SW–846–6010C, Inductively 

Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission 

Spectrometry, Revision 3, February 

2007, in EPA Publication No. SW–846, 

Test Methods for Evaluating Solid 

Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, 

Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 

to subpart DDDDD. 

(13) SW–846–6020A, Inductively 

Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry, 

Revision 1, February 2007, in EPA 

Publication No. SW–846, Test Methods 

for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/

Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(14) SW–846–7060A, Arsenic (Atomic 

Absorption, Furnace Technique), 

Revision 1, September 1994, in EPA 

Publication No. SW–846, Test Methods 

for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/

Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(15) SW–846–7740, Selenium (Atomic 

Absorption, Furnace Technique), 

Revision 0, September 1986, in EPA 

Publication No. SW–846, Test Methods 

for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/

Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(16) SW–846–9056, Determination of 

Inorganic Anions by Ion 

Chromatography, Revision 1, February 

2007, in EPA Publication No. SW–846, 

Test Methods for Evaluating Solid 

Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, 

Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 

to subpart DDDDD. 

(17) SW–846–9076, Test Method for 

Total Chlorine in New and Used 

Petroleum Products by Oxidative 

Combustion and Microcoulometry, 

Revision 0, September 1994, in EPA 

Publication No. SW–846, Test Methods 

for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/

Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(18) SW–846–9250, Chloride 

(Colorimetric, Automated Ferricyanide 

AAI), Revision 0, September 1986, in 

EPA Publication No. SW–846, Test 

Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, 

Physical/Chemical Methods, Third 

Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to 

subpart DDDDD. 

(19) Method 200.8, Determination of 

Trace Elements in Waters and Wastes by 

Inductively Coupled Plasma—Mass 

Spectrometry, Revision 5.4, 1994, IBR 

approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(20) Method 1631 Revision E, 

Mercury in Water by Oxidation, Purge 

and Trap, and Cold Vapor Atomic 

Absorption Fluorescence Spectrometry, 

Revision E, EPA–821–R–02–019, August 

2002, IBR approved for table 6 to 

subpart DDDDD. 

(m) International Standards 

Organization (ISO), 1, ch. de la VoieCreuse, Case postale 56, CH–1211 

Geneva 20, Switzerland, +41 22 749 01 

11, http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm. 

(1) ISO 6978–1:2003(E), Natural Gas— 

Determination of Mercury—Part 1: 

Sampling of Mercury by Chemisorption 

on Iodine, First edition, October 15, 

2003, IBR approved for table 6 to 

subpart DDDDD. 

(2) ISO 6978–2:2003(E), Natural gas— 

Determination of Mercury—Part 2: 

Sampling of Mercury by Amalgamation 

on Gold/Platinum Alloy, First edition, 

October 15, 2003, IBR approved for table 

6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(n) National Council of the Paper 

Industry for Air and Stream 

Improvement, Inc. (NCASI), P.O. Box 

133318, Research Triangle Park, NC 

27709–3318 or at http://www.ncasi.org. 

(1) NCASI Method DI/MEOH–94.03, 

Methanol in Process Liquids and 

Wastewaters by GC/FID, Issued May 

2000, IBR approved for §§ 63.457 and 

63.459. 

(2) NCASI Method CI/WP–98.01, 

Chilled Impinger Method For Use At 

Wood Products Mills to Measure 

Formaldehyde, Methanol, and Phenol, 

1998, Methods Manual, IBR approved 

for table 4 to subpart DDDD. 

(3) NCASI Method DI/HAPS–99.01, 

Selected HAPs In Condensates by GC/

FID, Issued February 2000, IBR 

approved for § 63.459(b). 

(4) NCASI Method IM/CAN/WP– 

99.02, Impinger/Canister Source 

Sampling Method for Selected HAPs 

and Other Compounds at Wood 

Products Facilities, January 2004, 

Methods Manual, IBR approved for table 

4 to subpart DDDD. 

(5) NCASI Method ISS/FP A105.01, 

Impinger Source Sampling Method for 

Selected Aldehydes, Ketones, and Polar 

Compounds, December 2005, Methods 

Manual, IBR approved for table 4 to 

subpart DDDD. 

(o) National Technical Information 

Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, 

Springfield, VA 22161, (703) 605–6000 

or (800) 553–6847; or for purchase from 

the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. 

Government Printing Office, 

Washington, DC 20402, (202) 512–1800. 

(1) Handbook 44, Specificiations, 

Tolerances, and Other Technical 

Requirements for Weighing and 

Measuring Devices 1998, IBR approved 

for § 63.1303(e). 

(2) ‘‘Test Methods for Evaluating 

Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 

Methods,’’ EPA Publication SW–846, 

Third Edition. (A suffix of ‘‘A’’ in the 

method number indicates revision one 

(the method has been revised once). A 

suffix of ‘‘B’’ in the method number 

indicates revision two (the method has 

been revised twice). 

(i) Method 0023A, ‘‘Sampling Method 

for Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins 

and Polychlorinated Dibenzofuran 

Emissions from Stationary Sources,’’ 

dated December 1996, IBR approved for 

§ 63.1208(b). 

(ii) Method 9071B, ‘‘n-Hexane 

Extractable Material (HEM) for Sludge, 

Sediment, and Solid Samples,’’ dated 

April 1998, IBR approved for 

§ 63.7824(e). 

(iii) Method 9095A, ‘‘Paint Filter 

Liquids Test,’’ dated December 1996, 

IBR approved for §§ 63.7700(b) and 

63.7765. 

(iv) Method 9095B, ‘‘Paint Filter 

Liquids Test,’’ (revision 2), dated 

November 2004, IBR approved for the 

definition of ‘‘Free organic liquids’’ in 

§§ 63.10692, 63.10885(a), and the 

definition of ‘‘Free liquids’’ in 

§ 63.10906. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11283 

(v) SW–846 74741B, Revision 2, 

‘‘Mercury in Solid or Semisolid Waste 

(Manual Cold-Vapor Technique),’’ 

February 2007, IBR approved for 

§ 63.11647(f). 

(3) National Institute of Occupational 

Safety and Health (NIOSH) test method 

compendium, ‘‘NIOSH Manual of 

Analytical Methods,’’ NIOSH 

publication no. 94–113, Fourth Edition, 

August 15, 1994. 

(i) NIOSH Method 2010, ‘‘Amines, 

Aliphatic,’’ Issue 2, August 15, 1994, 

IBR approved for § 63.7732(g). 

(ii) [Reserved] 

(p) North American Electric 

Reliability Corporation, 1325 G Street, 

NW., Suite 600, Washington, DC 20005– 

3801, http://www.nerc.com, http://

www.nerc.com/files/EOP0002-3_1.pdf. 

(1) North American Electric 

Reliability Corporation Reliability 

Standard EOP–002–3, Capacity and 

Energy Emergencies, adopted August 5, 

2010, IBR approved for § 63.6640(f). 

(2)[Reserved] 

(q) Technical Association of the Pulp 

and Paper Industry (TAPPI), 15 

Technology Parkway South, Norcross, 

GA 30092, (800) 332–8686, http://

www.tappi.org. 

(1) TAPPI T 266, Determination of 

Sodium, Calcium, Copper, Iron, and 

Manganese in Pulp and Paper by 

Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy 

(Reaffirmation of T 266 om-02), Draft 

No. 2, July 2006, IBR approved for table 

6 to subpart DDDDD. 

(2) [Reserved] 

(r) Texas Commission on 

Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Library, 

Post Office Box 13087, Austin, Texas 

78711–3087, telephone number (512) 

239–0028, http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/

assets/public/implementation/air/sip/

sipdocs/2002-12-HGB/02046sipapp_

ado.pdf. 

(1) ‘‘Air Stripping Method (Modified 

El Paso Method) for Determination of 

Volatile Organic Compound Emissions 

from Water Sources,’’ Revision Number 

One, dated January 2003, Sampling 

Procedures Manual, Appendix P: 

Cooling Tower Monitoring, January 31, 

2003, IBR approved for §§ 63.654 and 

63.11920. 

(2) [Reserved] 

Subpart G—[Amended] 

■ 43. Amend § 63.144 by adding 

paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(G) and (H) to read as 

follows: 

§ 63.144 Process wastewater provisions— 

test methods and procedures for 

determining applicability and Group 1/

Group 2 determinations (determining which 

wastewater streams require control). 

* * * * * 

(b) * * * 

(5) * * * 

(i) * * * 

(G) Method 8260B. Use procedures 

specified in Method 8260B in the SW– 

846 Compendium of Methods. 

(H) Method 316. Use Method 316 to 

determine formaldehyde concentration. 

* * * * * 

Subpart N—[Amended] 

■ 44. Amend § 63.344 by adding 

paragraph (c)(5) to read as follows: 

§ 63.344 Performance test requirements 

and test methods. 

* * * * * 

(c) * * * 

(5) The South Coast Air Quality 

Management District (SCAQMD) 

Method 205.1 (which is available by 

contacting the South Coast AQMD, 

21865 Copley Dr, Diamond Bar, CA 

91765) may be used to determine the 

total chromium concentration from hard 

and decorative chromium electroplating 

tanks and chromium anodizing tanks. 

* * * * * 

Subpart O—[Amended] 

■ 45. Amend § 63.364 by revising 

paragraph (e) to read as follows: 

§ 63.364 Monitoring requirements. 

* * * * * 

(e) Measure and record once per hour 

the ethylene oxide concentration at the 

outlet to the atmosphere after any 

control device according to the 

procedures specified in § 63.365(c)(1). 

The owner or operator shall compute 

and record a 24-hour average daily. The 

owner or operator will install, calibrate, 

operate, and maintain a monitor 

consistent with the requirements of 

performance specification (PS) 8 or 9 in 

40 CFR part 60, appendix B, to measure 

ethylene oxide. The daily calibration 

requirements of section 7.2 of PS–9 or 

Section 13.1 of PS–8 are required only 

on days when ethylene oxide emissions 

are vented to the control device. 

* * * * * 

■ 46. Amend § 63.365 by revising the 

introductory text of paragraph (b) to 

read as follows: 

§ 63.365 Test methods and procedures. 

* * * * * 

(b) Efficiency at the sterilization 

chamber vent. California Air Resources 

Board (CARB) Method 431 or the 

following procedures shall be used to 

determine the efficiency of all types of 

control devices used to comply with 

§ 63.362(c), sterilization chamber vent 

standard. 

* * * * * 

Subpart Y—[Amended] 

■ 47. Amend § 63.565 by revising 

paragraphs (d)(5), (8), and (10) and (g) 

to read as follows: 

§ 63.565 Test methods and procedures. 

* * * * * 

(d) * * * 

(5) Recovery devices. The average 

VOC concentration in the vent upstream 

and downstream of the control device 

shall be determined using Method 25A 

or 25B of appendix A–7 to part 60 of 

this chapter for recovery devices. The 

average VOC concentration shall 

correspond to the volume measurement 

by taking into account the sampling 

system response time. 

* * * * * 

(8) Where Method 25, 25A, or 25B is 

used to measure the percent reduction 

in VOC, the percent reduction across the 

combustion or recovery device shall be 

calculated as follows: 

Where: 

R = control efficiency of control device, 

percent. 

Ei = mass flow rate of VOC at the inlet to the 

combustion or recovery device as 

calculated under paragraph (c)(7) of this 

section, kg/hr. 

Eo = mass flow rate of VOC at the outlet of 

the combustion or recovery device, as 

calculated under paragraph (c)(7) of this 

section, kg/hr. 

* * * * * 

(10) Use of methods other than 

Method 25, 25A, or 25B shall be 

validated pursuant to Method 301 of 

appendix A to part 63 of this chapter. 

* * * * * 

(g) Baseline outlet VOC concentration. 

The procedures in this paragraph shall 

be used to determine the outlet VOC 

concentration required in § 63.563(b)(4), 

(6), (7), and (8) for combustion devices 

except flare, carbon adsorbers, 

condenser/refrigeration units, and 

absorbers, respectively, and to monitor 

the VOC concentration as required in 

§ 63.564(e), (g), (h), and (i). The owner 

or operator shall use the procedures 

outlined in Method 25A or 25B. For the 

baseline VOC concentration, the 

arithmetic average of the outlet VOC 

concentration from three test runs from 

paragraph (d) of this section shall be 

calculated for the control device. The 

VOC concentration shall be measured at 

least every 15 minutes. Compliance 

testing of VOC CEMS shall be performed 

using PS 8. 

* * * * * 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2ER27FE14.025</GPH>
11284 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

Subpart GG—[Amended] 

■ 48. Amend § 63.750 by revising 

paragraph (o) to read as follows: 

§ 63.750 Test methods and procedures. 

* * * * * 

(o) Inorganic HAP emissions—dry 

particulate filter certification 

requirements. Dry particulate filters 

used to comply with § 63.745(g)(2) or 

§ 63.746(b)(4) must be certified by the 

filter manufacturer or distributor, paint/ 

depainting booth supplier, and/or the 

facility owner or operator using method 

319 in appendix A of this part, to meet 

or exceed the efficiency data points 

found in Tables 1 and 2, or 3 and 4 of 

§ 63.745 for existing or new sources 

respectively. 

Subpart GGG—[Amended] 

■ 49. Amend § 63.1251 by revising the 

definition of ‘‘Process vent’’ to read as 

follows: 

§ 63.1251 Definitions. 

* * * * * 

Process vent means a vent from a unit 

operation or vents from multiple unit 

operations within a process that are 

manifolded together into a common 

header, through which a HAPcontaining gas stream is, or has the 

potential to be, released to the 

atmosphere. Examples of process vents 

include, but are not limited to, vents on 

condensers used for product recovery, 

bottom receivers, surge control vessels, 

reactors, filters, centrifuges, and process 

tanks. Emission streams that are 

undiluted and uncontrolled containing 

less than 50 ppmv HAP, as determined 

through process knowledge that no HAP 

are present in the emission stream or 

using an engineering assessment as 

discussed in § 63.1257(d)(2)(ii); test data 

using Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A–6; Method 320 of 40 CFR 

part 63; or any other test method that 

has been validated according to the 

procedures in Method 301 of appendix 

A of this part, are not considered 

process vents. Process vents do not 

include vents on storage tanks regulated 

under § 63.1253, vents on wastewater 

emission sources regulated under 

§ 63.1256, or pieces of equipment 

regulated under § 63.1255. 

* * * * * 

Subpart RRR—[Amended] 

■ 50. Amend § 63.1511 by revising 

paragraph (c)(9) as to read follows: 

§ 63.1511 Performance test/compliance 

demonstration general requirements. 

* * * * * 

(c) * * * 

(9) Method 26A for the concentration 

of HCl. Where a lime-injected fabric 

filter is used as the control device to 

comply with the 90 percent reduction 

standard, the owner or operator must 

measure the fabric filter inlet 

concentration of HCl at a point before 

lime is introduced to the system. 

Method 26 may be used in place of 

Method 26A where it can be 

demonstrated that there are no water 

droplets in the emission stream. This 

can be demonstrated by showing that 

the vapor pressure of water in the 

emission stream that you are testing is 

less than the equilibrium vapor pressure 

of water at the emission stream 

temperature, and by certifying that the 

emission stream is not controlled by a 

wet scrubber. 

* * * * * 

Subpart CCCC—[Amended] 

■ 51. Revise Table 2 to subpart CCCC to 

read as follows: 

As stated in § 63.2161, if you 

demonstrate compliance by monitoring 

brew ethanol, you must comply with the 

requirements for performance tests in 

the following table: 

TABLE 2 TO SUBPART CCCC OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS

[Brew Ethanol Monitoring Only] 

For each fed-batch fermenter for which compliance is determined by monitoring brew ethanol 

concentration and calculating VOC concentration in the fermenter exhaust according to the 

procedures in § 63.2161, you must . . . 

Using . . . According to the following requirements . . . 

1. Measure VOC as propane ............................. Method 25A *, or an alternative validated by 

EPA Method 301 * and approved by the Administrator.

You must measure the VOC concentration in 

the fermenter exhaust at any point prior to 

the dilution of the exhaust stream. 

* EPA Test Methods found in Appendix A of 40 CFR part 60. 

Subpart UUUU—[Amended] 

■ 52. Revise Table 4 to subpart UUUU 

to read as follows: 

As required in §§ 63.5530(b) and 

63.5535(a), (b), (g)(1), and (h)(1), you 

must conduct performance tests, other 

initial compliance demonstrations, and 

CEMS performance evaluations and 

establish operating limits according to 

the requirements in the following table: 

TABLE 4 TO SUBPART UUUU OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS

For . . . at . . . you must . . . using . . . according to the following requirements . . . 

1. the sum of all process vents.a. each existing or 

new affected source.

i. select sampling 

port’s location and 

the number of traverse points; 

EPA Method 1 or 1A 

in appendix A to 40 

CFR § 63.7(d)(1)(i); 

sampling sites must be located at the inlet 

and outlet to each control device; 

ii. determine velocity 

and volumetric flow 

rate; 

EPA Method 2, 2A, 

2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G 

in appendices A–1 

and A–2 to part 60 

of this chapter; 

you may use EPA Method 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, 

or 2G as an alternative to using EPA 

Method 2, as appropriate; 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11285 

TABLE 4 TO SUBPART UUUU OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS—Continued 

For . . . at . . . you must . . . using . . . according to the following requirements . . . 

iii. conduct gas analysis; and, (1) EPA Method 3, 

3A, or 3B in appendix A–2 to part 60 

of this chapter; or, 

you may use EPA Method 3A or 3B as an 

alternative to using EPA Method 3; or, 

(2) ASME PTC 19.10– 

1981—Part 10; and, 

you may use ASME PTC 19.10–1981—Part 

10 (available for purchase from Three 

Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990) 

as an alternative to using EPA Method 3B. 

iv. measure moisture 

content of the stack 

gas. 

EPA Method 4 in appendix A–3 to part 

60 of this chapter. 

2. the sum of all viscose process vents.a. each existing or 

new viscose process source.

i. measure total sulfide 

emissions.

(1) EPA Method 15 in 

appendix A–5 to 

part 60 of this chapter; or 

(a) you must conduct testing of emissions at 

the inlet and outlet of each control device; 

(b) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from continuous viscose process vents 

and combinations of batch and continuous 

viscose process vents at normal operating 

conditions, as specified in §§ 63.7(e)(1) 

and 63.5535; 

(c) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from batch viscose process vents as specified in § 63.490(c), except that the emission reductions required for process vents 

under this subpart supersede the emission 

reductions required for process vents 

under subpart U of this part; and 

(d) you must collect CPMS data during the 

period of the initial compliance demonstration and determine the CPMS operating 

limit during the period of the initial compliance demonstration; or 

(2) carbon disulfide 

and/or hydrogen 

sulfide CEMS, as 

applicable; 

(a) you must measure emissions at the inlet 

and outlet of each control device using 

CEMS; 

(b) you must install, operate, and maintain 

the CEMS according to the applicable performance specification (PS–7, PS–8, PS– 

9, or PS–15) of 40 CFR part 60, appendix 

B; and 

(c) you must collect CEMS emissions data at 

the inlet and outlet of each control device 

during the period of the initial compliance 

demonstration and determine the CEMS 

operating limit during the period of the initial compliance demonstration. 

3. the sum of all solvent coating process vents.a. each existing or 

new cellophane operation.

i. measure toluene 

emissions.

(1) EPA Method 18 in 

appendix A–6 to 

part 60 of this chapter, or Method 320 

in appendix A to 

part 63, or 

(a) you must conduct testing of emissions at 

the inlet and outlet of each control device; 

(b) you may use EPA Method 18 or 320 to 

determine the control efficiency of any 

control device for organic compounds; for 

a combustion device, you must use only 

HAP that are present in the inlet to the 

control device to characterize the percent 

reduction across the combustion device; 

(c) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from continuous solvent coating process 

vents and combinations of batch and continuous solvent coating process vents at 

normal operating conditions, as specified 

in §§ 63.7(e)(1) and 63.5535; 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11286 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

TABLE 4 TO SUBPART UUUU OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS—Continued 

For . . . at . . . you must . . . using . . . according to the following requirements . . . 

(d) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from batch solvent coating process vents 

as specified in § 63.490(c), except that the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under this subpart supersede the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under subpart U of this part; and 

(e) you must collect CPMS data during the 

period of the initial compliance demonstration and determine the CPMS operating 

limit during the initial compliance demonstration; or 

(2) ASTM D6420–99 .. (a) you must conduct testing of emissions at 

the inlet and outlet of each control device; 

(b) you may use ASTM D6420–99 (available 

for purchase from at least one of the following addresses: 100 Barr Harbor Drive, 

West Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959; or 

University Microfilms International, 300 

North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106) 

as an alternative to EPA Method 18 only 

where: the target compound(s) are those 

listed in Section 1.1 of ASTM D6420–99; 

and the target concentration is between 

150 parts per billion by volume (ppbv) and 

100 ppmv; for target compound(s) not listed in Section 1.1 of ASTM D6420–99, but 

potentially detected by mass spectrometry, 

the additional system continuing calibration 

check after each run, as detailed in Section 10.5.3 of the ASTM method, must be 

followed, met, documented, and submitted 

with the data report even if there is no 

moisture condenser used or the compound 

is not considered water soluble; and for 

target compound(s) not listed in Section 

1.1 of ASTM D6420–99 and not amenable 

to detection by mass spectrometry, ASTM 

D6420–99 does not apply; 

(c) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from continuous solvent coating process 

vents and combinations of batch and continuous solvent coating process vents at 

normal operating conditions, as specified 

in §§ 63.7(e)(1) and 63.5535; 

(d) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from batch solvent coating process vents 

as specified in § 63.490(c), except that the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under this subpart supersede the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under subpart U of this part; and, 

(e) you must collect CPMS data during the 

period of the initial compliance demonstration and determine the CPMS operating 

limit during the period of the initial compliance demonstration. 

4. the sum of all cellulose ether process 

vents.

a. each existing or 

new cellulose ether 

operation.

i. measure total organic HAP emissions.(1) EPA Method 18 in 

appendix A–6 to 

part 60 of this chapter or Method 320 in 

appendix A to part 

63, or 

(a) you must conduct testing of emissions at 

the inlet and outlet of each control device; 

(b) you may use EPA Method 18 or 320 to 

determine the control efficiency of any 

control device for organic compounds; for 

a combustion device, you must use only 

HAP that are present in the inlet to the 

control device to characterize the percent 

reduction across the combustion device; 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11287 

TABLE 4 TO SUBPART UUUU OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS—Continued 

For . . . at . . . you must . . . using . . . according to the following requirements . . . 

(c) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from continuous cellulose ether process 

vents and combinations of batch and continuous cellulose ether process vents at 

normal operating conditions, as specified 

in §§ 63.7(e)(1) and 63.5535; 

(d) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from batch cellulose ether process vents 

as specified in § 63.490(c), except that the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under this subpart supersede the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under subpart U of this part; and 

(e) you must collect CPMS data during the 

period of the initial performance test and 

determine the CPMS operating limit during 

the period of the initial performance test; 

(2) ASTM D6420–99 .. (a) you must conduct testing of emissions at 

the inlet and outlet of each control device; 

(b) you may use ASTM D6420–99 (available 

for purchase from at least one of the following addresses: 100 Barr Harbor Drive, 

West Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959; or 

University Microfilms International, 300 

North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106) 

as an alternative to EPA Method 18 only 

where: the target compound(s) are those 

listed in Section 1.1 of ASTM D6420–99; 

and the target concentration is between 

150 ppbv and 100 ppmv; for target compound(s) not listed in Section 1.1 of ASTM 

D6420–99, but potentially detected by 

mass spectrometry, the additional system 

continuing calibration check after each run, 

as detailed in Section 10.5.3 of the ASTM 

method, must be followed, met, documented, and submitted with the data report even if there is no moisture condenser used or the compound is not considered water soluble; and for target compound(s) not listed in Section 1.1 of ASTM 

D6420–99 and not amenable to detection 

by mass spectrometry, ASTM D6420–99 

does not apply; target concentration is between 150 ppbv and 100 ppmv for target 

compound(s). 

(c) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from continuous cellulose ether process 

vents and combinations of batch and continuous cellulose ether process vents at 

normal operating conditions, as specified 

in §§ 63.7(e)(1) and 63.5535; 

(d) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from batch cellulose ether process vents 

as specified in § 63.490(c), except that the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under this subpart supersede the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under subpart U of this part; and 

(e) you must collect CPMS data during the 

period of the initial performance test and 

determine the CPMS operating limit during 

the period of the initial performance test. 

(3) EPA Method 25 in 

appendix A–7 to 

part 60 of this chapter; or 

(a) you must conduct testing of emissions at 

the inlet and outlet of each control device; 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11288 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

TABLE 4 TO SUBPART UUUU OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS—Continued 

For . . . at . . . you must . . . using . . . according to the following requirements . . . 

(b) you may use EPA Method 25 to determine the control efficiency of combustion 

devices for organic compounds; you may 

not use EPA Method 25 to determine the 

control efficiency of noncombustion control 

devices; 

(c) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from continuous cellulose ether process 

vents and combinations of batch and continuous cellulose ether process vents at 

normal operating conditions, as specified 

in §§ 63.7(e)(1) and 63.5535; 

(d) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from batch cellulose ether process vents 

as specified in § 63.490(c), except that the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under this subpart supersede the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under subpart U of this part; and 

(e) you must collect CPMS data during the 

period of the initial performance test and 

determine the CPMS operating limit during 

the period of the initial performance test; 

or 

(4) EPA Method 25A 

in appendix A–7 to 

part 60 of this chapter 

(a) you must conduct testing of emissions at 

the inlet and outlet of each control device; 

(b) you may use EPA Method 25A if: an exhaust gas volatile organic matter concentration of 50 ppmv or less is required in 

order to comply with the emission limit; the 

volatile organic matter concentration at the 

inlet to the control device and the required 

level of control are such as to result in exhaust volatile organic matter concentrations of 50 ppmv or less; or because of 

the high control efficiency of the control 

device, the anticipated volatile organic 

matter concentration at the control device 

exhaust is 50 ppmv or less, regardless of 

the inlet concentration; 

(c) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from continuous cellulose ether process 

vents and combinations of batch and continuous cellulose ether process vents at 

normal operating conditions, as specified 

in §§ 63.7(e)(1) and 63.5535; 

(d) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from batch cellulose ether process vents 

as specified in § 63.490(c), except that the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under this subpart supersede the 

emission reductions required for process 

vents under subpart U of this part; and, 

(e) you must collect CPMS data during the 

period of the initial performance test and 

determine the CPMS operating limit during 

the period of the initial performance test. 

5. each toluene storage vessel.a. each existing or 

new cellophane operation.

i. measure toluene 

emissions.

(1) EPA Method 18 in 

appendix A–6 to 

part 60 of this chapter or Method 320 in 

appendix A to part 

63; or 

(a) if venting to a control device to reduce 

emissions, you must conduct testing of 

emissions at the inlet and outlet of each 

control device; 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11289 

TABLE 4 TO SUBPART UUUU OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS—Continued 

For . . . at . . . you must . . . using . . . according to the following requirements . . . 

(b) you may use EPA Method 18 or 320 to 

determine the control efficiency of any 

control device for organic compounds; for 

a combustion device, you must use only 

HAP that are present in the inlet to the 

control device to characterize the percent 

reduction across the combustion device; 

(c) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from continuous storage vessel vents and 

combinations of batch and continuous 

storage vessel vents at normal operating 

conditions, as specified in §§ 63.7(e)(1) 

and 63.5535 for continuous process vents; 

(d) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from batch storage vessel vents as specified in § 63.490(c) for batch process vents, 

except that the emission reductions required for process vents under this subpart 

supersede the emission reductions required for process vents under subpart U 

of this part; and, 

(e) you must collect CPMS data during the 

period of the initial compliance demonstration and determine the CPMS operating 

limit during the period of the initial compliance demonstration; or 

(2) ASTM D6420–99 .. (a) if venting to a control device to reduce 

emissions, you must conduct testing of 

emissions at the inlet and outlet of each 

control device; 

(b) you may use ASTM D6420–99 (available 

for purchase from at least one of the following addresses: 100 Barr Harbor Drive, 

West Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959; or 

University Microfilms International, 300 

North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106) 

as an alternative to EPA Method 18 only 

where: the target compound(s) are those 

listed in Section 1.1 of ASTM D6420–99, 

and the target concentration is between 

150 ppbv and 100 ppmv; for target compound(s) not listed in Section 1.1 of ASTM 

D6420–99, but potentially detected by 

mass spectrometry, the additional system 

continuing calibration check after each run, 

as detailed in Section 10.5.3 of the ASTM 

method, must be followed, met, documented, and submitted with the data report even if there is no moisture condenser used or the compound is not considered water soluble; and for target compound(s) not listed in Section 1.1 of ASTM 

D6420–99 and not amenable to detection 

by mass spectrometry, ASTM D6420–99 

does not apply; 

(c) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from continuous storage vessel vents and 

combinations of batch and continuous 

storage vessel vents at normal operating 

conditions, as specified in §§ 63.7(e)(1) 

and 63.5535 for continuous process vents; 

(d) you must conduct testing of emissions 

from batch storage vessel vents as specified in § 63.490(c) for batch process vents, 

except that the emission reductions required for process vents under this subpart 

supersede the emission reductions required for process vents under subpart U 

of this part; and, 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11290 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

TABLE 4 TO SUBPART UUUU OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS—Continued 

For . . . at . . . you must . . . using . . . according to the following requirements . . . 

(e) you must collect CPMS data during the 

period of the initial compliance demonstration and determine the CPMS operating 

limit during the period of the initial compliance demonstration. 

6. the sum of all process vents controlled 

using a flare.

a. each existing or 

new affected source.

i. measure visible 

emissions.

(1) EPA Method 22 in 

appendix A–7 to 

part 60 of this chapter.

(a) you must conduct the flare visible emissions test according to § 63.11(b). 

7. equipment leaks .... a. each existing or 

new cellulose ether 

operation.

i. measure leak rate ... (1) applicable equipment leak test 

methods in 

§ 63.180; or 

(a) you must follow all requirements for the 

applicable equipment leak test methods in 

§ 63.180; or 

(2) applicable equipment leak test 

methods in 

§ 63.1023 

(a) you must follow all requirements for the 

applicable equipment leak test methods in 

§ 63.1023. 

8. all sources of 

wastewater emissions.

a. each existing or 

new cellulose ether 

operation.

i. measure wastewater 

HAP emissions.

(1) applicable wastewater test methods 

and procedures in 

§§ 63.144 and 

63.145; or 

(a) You must follow all requirements for the 

applicable wastewater test methods and 

procedures in §§ 63.144 and 63.145; or 

(2) applicable wastewater test methods 

and procedures in 

§§ 63.144 and 

63.145, using ASTM 

D5790–95 as an alternative to EPA 

Method 624 in appendix A to part 163 

of this chapter. 

(a) you must follow all requirements for the 

applicable waste water test methods and 

procedures in §§ 63.144 and 63.145, except that you may use ASTM D5790–95 

(available for purchase from at least one 

of the following addresses: 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 

19428–2959; or University Microfilms International, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann 

Arbor, MI 48106) as an alternative to EPA 

Method 624, under the condition that this 

ASTM method be used with the sampling 

procedures of EPA Method 25D or an 

equivalent method. 

9. any emission point a. each existing or 

new affected source 

using a CEMS to 

demonstrate compliance.

i. conduct a CEMS 

performance evaluation.

(1) applicable requirements in § 63.8 and 

applicable performance specification 

(PS–7, PS–8, PS–9, 

or PS–15) in appendix B to part 60 of 

this chapter.

(a) you must conduct the CEMS performance evaluation during the period of the 

initial compliance demonstration according 

to the applicable requirements in § 63.8 

and the applicable performance specification (PS–7, PS–8, PS–9, or PS–15) of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix B; 

(b) you must install, operate, and maintain 

the CEMS according to the applicable performance specification (PS–7, PS–8, PS– 

9, or PS–15) of 40 CFR part 60, appendix 

B; and 

(c) you must collect CEMS emissions data at 

the inlet and outlet of each control device 

during the period of the initial compliance 

demonstration and determine the CEMS 

operating limit during the period of the initial compliance demonstration. 

Subpart ZZZZ—[Amended] 

■ 53. Revise Table 4 to subpart ZZZZ to 

read as follows: 

As stated in §§ 63.6610, 63.6611, 

63.6620, and 63.6640, you must comply 

with the following requirements for 

performance tests for stationary RICE: 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11291 

TABLE 4 TO SUBPART ZZZZ OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS

For each . . . Complying with the 

requirement to . . . You must . . . Using . . . According to the following requirements . . . 

1. 2SLB, 4SLB, and 

CI stationary RICE.

a. reduce CO emissions.i. Select the sampling 

port location and 

the number/location 

of traverse points at 

the inlet and outlet 

of the control device; and 

.................................... (a) For CO and O2 measurement, ducts ≤6 

inches in diameter may be sampled at a 

single point located at the duct centroid 

and ducts >6 and ≤12 inches in diameter 

may be sampled at 3 traverse points located at 16.7, 50.0, and 83.3% of the 

measurement line (‘3-point long line’). If 

the duct is >12 inches in diameter and the 

sampling port location meets the two and 

half-diameter criterion of Section 11.1.1 of 

Method 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A– 

1, the duct may be sampled at ‘3-point 

long line’; otherwise, conduct the stratification testing and select sampling points according to Section 8.1.2 of Method 7E of 

40 CFR part 60, appendix A–4. 

ii. Measure the O2 at 

the inlet and outlet 

of the control device; and 

(1) Method 3 or 3A or 

3B of 40 CFR part 

60, appendix A–2, 

or ASTM Method 

D6522–00 (Reapproved 2005)a c

(heated probe not 

necessary).

(b) Measurements to determine O2 must be 

made at the same time as the measurements for CO concentration. 

iii. Measure the CO at 

the inlet and the 

outlet of the control 

device.

(1) ASTM D6522–00 

(Reapproved 

2005)abc (heated 

probe not necessary) or Method 

10 of 40 CFR part 

60, appendix A–4.

(c) The CO concentration must be at 15 percent O2, dry basis. 

2. 4SRB stationary 

RICE.

a. reduce formaldehyde emissions.i. Select the sampling 

port location and 

the number/location 

of traverse points at 

the inlet and outlet 

of the control device; and 

.................................... (a) For formaldehyde, O2, and moisture 

measurement, ducts ≤6 inches in diameter 

may be sampled at a single point located 

at the duct centroid and ducts >6 and ≤12 

inches in diameter may be sampled at 3 

traverse points located at 16.7, 50.0, and 

83.3% of the measurement line (‘3-point 

long line’). If the duct is >12 inches in diameter and the sampling port location 

meets the two and half-diameter criterion 

of Section 11.1.1 of Method 1 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A, the duct may be sampled at ‘3-point long line’; otherwise, conduct the stratification testing and select 

sampling points according to Section 8.1.2 

of Method 7E of 40 CFR part 60, appendix 

A. 

ii. Measure O2 at the 

inlet and outlet of 

the control device; 

and 

(1) Method 3 or 3A or 

3B of 40 CFR part 

60, appendix A–2, 

or ASTM Method 

D6522–00 (Reapproved 2005) a

(heated probe not 

necessary).

(a) Measurements to determine O2 concentration must be made at the same time 

as the measurements for formaldehyde or 

THC concentration. 

iii. Measure moisture 

content at the inlet 

and outlet of the 

control device; and 

(1) Method 4 of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix A–3, or 

Method 320 of 40 

CFR part 63, appendix A, or ASTM 

D 6348–03 a.

(a) Measurements to determine moisture 

content must be made at the same time 

and location as the measurements for 

formaldehyde or THC concentration. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11292 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

TABLE 4 TO SUBPART ZZZZ OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS—Continued 

For each . . . Complying with the 

requirement to . . . You must . . . Using . . . According to the following requirements . . . 

iv. If demonstrating 

compliance with the 

formaldehyde percent reduction requirement, measure 

formalde-hyde at 

the inlet and the 

outlet of the control 

device.

(1) Method 320 or 323 

of 40 CFR part 63, 

appendix A; or 

ASTM D6348–03 a, 

provided in ASTM 

D6348–03 Annex 

A5 (Analyte Spiking 

Technique), the percent R must be 

greater than or 

equal to 70 and less 

than or equal to 130.

(a) Formaldehyde concentration must be at 

15 percent O2, dry basis. Results of this 

test consist of the average of the three 1- 

hour or longer runs. 

v. If demonstrating 

compliance with the 

THC percent reduction requirement, 

measure THC at the 

inlet and the outlet 

of the control device.

(1) Method 25A, reported as propane, 

of 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A–7.

(a) THC concentration must be at 15 percent 

O2, dry basis. Results of this test consist 

of the average of the three 1-hour or 

longer runs. 

3. Stationary RICE ..... a. limit the concentration of formaldehyde or CO in the 

stationary RICE exhaust.

i. Select the sampling 

port location and 

the number/location 

of traverse points at 

the exhaust of the 

stationary RICE; 

and 

.................................... (a) For formaldehyde, CO, O2, and moisture 

measurement, ducts ≤6 inches in diameter 

may be sampled at a single point located 

at the duct centroid and ducts >6 and ≤12 

inches in diameter may be sampled at 3 

traverse points located at 16.7, 50.0, and 

83.3% of the measurement line (‘3-point 

long line’). If the duct is >12 inches in diameter and the sampling port location 

meets the two and half-diameter criterion 

of Section 11.1.1 of Method 1 of 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A, the duct may be sampled at ‘3-point long line’; otherwise, conduct the stratification testing and select 

sampling points according to Section 8.1.2 

of Method 7E of 40 CFR part 60, appendix 

A. If using a control device, the sampling 

site must be located at the outlet of the 

control device. 

ii. Determine the O2

concentration of the 

stationary RICE exhaust at the sampling port location; 

and 

(1) Method 3 or 3A or 

3B of 40 CFR part 

60, appendix A–2, 

or ASTM Method 

D6522–00 (Reapproved 2005) a

(heated probe not 

necessary).

(a) Measurements to determine O2 concentration must be made at the same time 

and location as the measurements for 

formaldehyde or CO concentration. 

iii. Measure moisture 

content of the station-ary RICE exhaust at the sampling port location; 

and 

(1) Method 4 of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix A–3, or 

Method 320 of 40 

CFR part 63, appendix A, or ASTM 

D 6348–03 a.

(a) Measurements to determine moisture 

content must be made at the same time 

and location as the measurements for 

formaldehyde or CO concentration. 

iv. Measure formaldehyde at the exhaust 

of the station-ary 

RICE; or 

(1) Method 320 or 323 

of 40 CFR part 63, 

appendix A; or 

ASTM D6348–03 a, 

provided in ASTM 

D6348–03 Annex 

A5 (Analyte Spiking 

Technique), the percent R must be 

greater than or 

equal to 70 and less 

than or equal to 130.

(a) Formaldehyde concentration must be at 

15 percent O2, dry basis. Results of this 

test consist of the average of the three 1- 

hour or longer runs. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 11293 

TABLE 4 TO SUBPART ZZZZ OF PART 63—REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS—Continued 

For each . . . Complying with the 

requirement to . . . You must . . . Using . . . According to the following requirements . . . 

v. measure CO at the 

exhaust of the station-ary RICE.

(1) Method 10 of 40 

CFR part 60, appendix A–4, ASTM 

Method D6522–00 

(2005) a c, Method 

320 of 40 CFR part 

63, appendix A, or 

ASTM D6348–03 a.

(a) CO concentration must be at 15 percent 

O2, dry basis. Results of this test consist 

of the average of the three 1-hour or 

longer runs. 

aYou may also use Methods 3A and 10 as options to ASTM–D6522–00 (2005). You may obtain a copy of ASTM–D6522–00 (2005) from at 

least one of the following addresses: American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959, 

or University Microfilms International, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106. bYou may obtain a copy of ASTM–D6348–03 from at least one of the following addresses: American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 

Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959, or University Microfilms International, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106. 

■ 54. Amend appendix A to part 63 to 

read as follows: 

■ a. By revising Method 306, sections 

2.2.1 and 6.1.4, and the Note to section 

8.0. 

■ b. By revising Method 306A, section 

8.2. 

■ c. By revising Method 308, section 

10.1.3. 

■ d. By amending Method 315 as 

follows: 

■ i. By revising section 6.1.1. 

■ ii. By redesignating section 8.11 as 

section 8.1. 

■ iii. By revising newly designated 

section 8.1. 

■ iv. By revising section 10.5. 

■ e. By revising Method 316, section 

10.5. 

■ f. By revising Method 321, the 

definition for the term ‘‘Df’’ in section 

9.3.1. 

Appendix A to Part 63—Test Methods 

Pollutant Measurement Methods From 

Various Waste Media 

* * * * * 

Method 306—Determination of Chromium 

Emissions From Decorative and Hard 

Chromium Electroplating and Chromium 

Anodizing Operations—Isokinetic Method 

* * * * * 

2.2.1 Total chromium samples with high 

chromium concentrations (≥35 mg/L) may be 

analyzed using inductively coupled plasma 

emission spectrometry (ICP) at 267.72 nm. 

Note: The ICP analysis is applicable for this 

method only when the solution analyzed has 

a Cr concentration greater than or equal to 35 

mg/L or five times the method detection limit 

as determined according to appendix B in 40 

CFR part 136. Similarly, inductively coupled 

plasma-mass spectroscopy (ICP–MS) may be 

used for total chromium analysis provided 

the procedures for ICP–MS analysis 

described in Method 6020 or 6020A (EPA 

Office of Solid Waste, publication SW–846) 

are followed. 

* * * * * 

6.1.4 Operating and maintenance 

procedures for the sampling train are 

described in APTD–0576 of Method 5. Users 

should read the APTD–0576 document and 

adopt the outlined procedures. Alternative 

mercury-free thermometers may be used if 

the thermometers are, at a minimum, 

equivalent in terms of performance or 

suitably effective for the specific temperature 

measurement application. 

* * * * * 

8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, 

Holding Times, Storage, and Transport 

Note: Prior to sample collection, 

consideration should be given to the type of 

analysis (Cr+6 or total Cr) that will be 

performed. Which analysis option(s) will be 

performed will determine which sample 

recovery and storage procedures will be 

required to process the sample. 

* * * * * 

Method 306A—Determination of Chromium 

Emissions From Decorative and Hard 

Chromium Electroplating and Chromium 

Anodizing Operations 

* * * * * 

8.2 Sample Recovery. After the train has 

been transferred to the sample recovery area, 

disconnect the tubing that connects the jar/ 

impingers. The tester shall select either the 

total Cr or Cr+6 sample recovery option. 

Samples to be analyzed for both total Cr and 

Cr+6 shall be recovered using the Cr+6 sample 

option (Section 8.2.2). Note: Collect a reagent 

blank sample for each of the total Cr or the 

Cr+6 analytical options. If both analyses (Cr 

and Cr+6) are to be conducted on the samples, 

collect separate reagent blanks for each 

analysis. Also, since particulate matter is not 

usually present at chromium electroplating 

and/or chromium anodizing operations, it is 

not necessary to filter the Cr+6 samples 

unless there is observed sediment in the 

collected solutions. If it is necessary to filter 

the Cr+6 solutions, please refer to Method 

0061, Determination of Hexavalent 

Chromium Emissions from Stationary 

Sources, Section 7.4, Sample Preparation in 

SW–846 (see Reference 1). 

* * * * * 

Method 308—Procedure for Determination 

of Methanol Emission From Stationary 

Sources 

* * * * * 

10.1.3 Temperature Sensors. Calibrate 

against mercury-in-glass thermometers. An 

alternative mercury-free thermometer may be 

used if the thermometer is, at a minimum, 

equivalent in terms of performance or 

suitably effective for the specific temperature 

measurement application. 

* * * * * 

Method 315—Determination of Particulate 

and Methylene Chloride Extractable Matter 

(MCEM) From Selected Sources at Primary 

Aluminum Production Facilities 

* * * * * 

6.1.1 Sampling train. A schematic of the 

sampling train used in this method is shown 

in Figure 5–1, Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A–3. Complete construction details 

are given in APTD–0581 (Reference 2 in 

section 17.0 of this method); commercial 

models of this train are also available. For 

changes from APTD–0581 and for allowable 

modifications of the train shown in Figure 5– 

1, Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A– 

3, see the following subsections. Note: The 

operating and maintenance procedures for 

the sampling train are described in APTD– 

0576 (Reference 3 in section 17.0 of this 

method). Since correct usage is important in 

obtaining valid results, all users should read 

APTD–0576 and adopt the operating and 

maintenance procedures outlined in it, 

unless otherwise specified herein. 

Alternative mercury-free thermometers may 

be used if the thermometers are, at a 

minimum, equivalent in terms of 

performance or suitably effective for the 

specific temperature measurement 

application. The use of grease for sealing 

sampling train components is not 

recommended because many greases are 

soluble in methylene chloride. The sampling 

train consists of the following components: 

* * * * * 

8.1 Pretest preparation. It is suggested 

that sampling equipment be maintained 

according to the procedures described in 

APTD–0576. Alternative mercury-free 

thermometers may be used if the 

thermometers are at a minimum equivalent 

in terms of performance or suitably effective 

for the specific temperature measurement 

application. 

* * * * * 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2

11294 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations 

10.5 Temperature sensors. Use the 

procedure in Section 10.3 of Method 2, 40 

CFR part 60, appendix A–1 to calibrate instack temperature sensors. Dial 

thermometers, such as are used for the DGM 

and condenser outlet, shall be calibrated 

against mercury-in-glass thermometers. An 

alternative mercury-free thermometer may be 

used if the thermometer is, at a minimum, 

equivalent in terms of performance or 

suitably effective for the specific temperature 

measurement application. 

* * * * * 

Method 316—Sampling and Analysis for 

Formaldehyde Emissions From Stationary 

Sources in the Mineral Wool and Wool 

Fiberglass Industries 

* * * * * 

10.5 Temperature gauges: Use the 

procedure in Section 4.3 of EPA Method 2 to 

calibrate in-stack temperature gauges. Dial 

thermometers, such as are used for the dry 

gas meter and condenser outlet, shall be 

calibrated against mercury-in-glass 

thermometers. An alternative mercury-free 

thermometer may be used if the thermometer 

is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of 

performance or suitably effective for the 

specific temperature measurement 

application. 

* * * * * 

Test Method 321—Measurement of Gaseous 

Hydrogen Chloride Emissions at Portland 

Cement Kilns by Fourier Transform Infrared 

(FTIR) Spectroscopy 

* * * * * 

9.3.1 * * * 

DF = Dilution Factor (Total flow/Spike flow). 

Total flow = spike flow plus effluent 

flow. 

* * * * * 

[FR Doc. 2014–02704 Filed 2–26–14; 8:45 am] 

BILLING CODE 6560–50–P 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2